sign in sign up
<<
Home , Cass Business School, City Law School, University of London

This is City.

Undergraduate Prospectus 2020/21

www.city.ac.uk Introduction 2 2 This is City Why City? 10 Business and the professions 12 Employability 14 Work placements 16 Startup City 18 Global connections 20 Investing in spaces

Life at City Open for full course listings 22 Student life 26 Student support 28 International student life 30 Accommodation 32 Sport at City 34 Learning 36 Academic facilities 38 Libraries and IT services 40 Funding 42 Scholarships, bursaries and prizes 44 Alumni Degrees at City 46 School of Arts & Social Sciences 90 Cass 116 School of Health Sciences 142 The 150 School of Mathematics, Computer Science & Engineering Applying to City 184 A guide to entry requirements 186 UCAS: The new tariff 188 Foundation courses at partner institutions 189 International Foundation programme 190 The next step 193 Underground map 195 Maps, address and transport links Index 194 Course index 46 School of Arts & Social Sciences 50 Criminology BSc 52 Criminology and Psychology BSc 54 Criminology and BSc 2019 56 BSc This is City. 58 Economics with BSc 60 English BA Open Days 62 Financial Economics BSc 64 History BA th 66 History and Politics BA Saturday 29 June 68 International Political Economy BSc 70 International Politics BSc th 72 International Politics and Sociology BSc Saturday 5 October 74 Journalism BA 76 Media, Communication and Sociology BSc See www.city.ac.uk for full details. 78 Music BMus 80 Music, Sound and Technology BSc 82 Politics BSc 84 Psychology BSc 86 Sociology BSc 88 Sociology with Psychology BSc

90 94 Accounting and BSc 96 Actuarial Science courses 98 Actuarial Science BSc 99 Data Analytics and Actuarial Science BSc 101 Finance with Actuarial Science BSc 102 Business courses 104 Business Management BSc 105 Business with Finance BSc 107 Business with Marketing BSc 108 Business Management, Digital Innovation and Entrepreneurship BSc 109 International Business BSc 110 Finance courses 112 Banking and International Finance BSc 113 Finance BSc 114 Investment and Financial BSc

116 School of Health Sciences 120 Adult Nursing BSc 124 Children’s Nursing BSc 126 Health and Social Care BSc 128 Mental Health Nursing BSc 130 Midwifery BSc 132 Optometry BSc or MOptom or Tricia Adrykaputri Introduction to Optometry HE Certificate Business Management BSc, first year 134 Radiography (Diagnostic Imaging) BSc 136 Radiography (Radiotherapy and Oncology) BSc I chose to study at Cass Business School because 138 Speech and Language Science BSc of how reputable the School is, as well as the 140 Speech and Language Therapy BSc thorough information I received from the staff who were patient in answering all of my questions. 142 The City Law School Marketing is currently my favourite module, the 146 Law LLB interactive learning style and supportive lecturer 148 Legal Practice (Online) LLB have really helped me excel in the subject.

150 School of Mathematics, Computer Science & Engineering Vrushank Dalal 154 Aeronautical Engineering MEng or BEng Computer Science BSc, fourth year St John Street, outside 158 Biomedical Engineering MEng or BEng I always knew I wanted to study Computer Science City’s impressive 160 Civil Engineering MEng or BEng and City has been an excellent choice. I have Building. 162 Computer Science MSci or BSc sharpened my skills and knowledge while studying 164 Computer Science with Cyber Security MSci College Building here and have made lifelong friends. What I enjoy See campus map 166 Computer Science with Games Technology MSci or BSc most about City is the wide range of facilities, from 168 Data Science MSci inside back cover. dedicated spaces for different courses, to the six-floor 170 Electrical and Electronic Engineering MEng or BEng 172 Engineering MEng or BEng library and the well-equipped CitySport. City has 174 Mathematics BSc helped me confirm my career path: to be a software A 176 Mathematics and Finance BSc engineer in a well-known IT company. City also 178 Mathematics with Finance and Economics BSc offers many career fairs, events and opportunities 180 Mechanical Engineering MEng or BEng to get you closer to the professional world. Introduction THIS is City

2 City, of London www.city.ac.uk 3 Undergraduate Prospectus 2020/21

This is City. Turning the page is your first step on a path of personal growth and achievement. For 125 years, our academics and students have used education, research and enterprise to transform their lives This is City and the lives of their community and the world. City, is the university of the . We have strong links with the City, not least because the is our Rector. We are pleased to be able to offer scholarships for academic excellence and with guaranteed accommodation for all of our first-year undergraduates, we ensure that our students are only steps away from the world-leading minds and state-of-the-art facilities that guide you on your path to a successful and satisfying career. City joined the University of London in September 2016, further strengthening the diverse, academically excellent environment that City provides. Itʼs a place for you to study alongside leading academics in one of the world’s most cosmopolitan and opportunity-filled cities: London. This is City. Turn the page and take your first step.

Professor Sir President

A place of transformation. This is City. 4 City, University of London www.city.ac.uk 5 Undergraduate Prospectus 2020/21 A world of opportunities This is City and diversity. This is Cit y.

City, University of London is located at the heart of one of the most vibrant cities in the world. The UK capital is a truly global city, boasting a wealth of jobs across a range of industries and some of the world’s top cultural attractions. A degree at City gives you all of this on your doorstep and a tremendous platform to explore everything that London has to offer. Iconic workplaces are a London speciality. To name just a few: the City of London, the of , Canary Wharf, Guy’s and St Thomas’ Hospitals, the and . London is also an exceptionally diverse city, with 3.4 million overseas-born inhabitants from 270 countries who speak over 300 languages.

Wyclif Street, on the approach to . College Building See campus map inside back cover.

A Pictured, left to right: Rashi Shah, Business Management BSc, third year; Lewis Regan, Criminology and Sociology BSc, third year; Rahul Jugnarain, Economics with Accounting BSc, third year; Mahsa Roshanzamir, Accounting and Finance BSc, second year. 6 City, University of London www.city.ac.uk 7 Undergraduate Prospectus 2020/21 This is City London is our playground. An unrivalled central location. This is City.

Packed with everything from shops, cafés and restaurants to museums, galleries and arts venues; from leading Premier League football teams to nightclubs; and from cityscapes to green spaces, London is a city for everyone. City’s main Northampton Square campus sits between three of London’s most popular districts. Islington offers tantalising dining and shopping options, Shoreditch buzzes with entrepreneurial creativity and lively nightlife, while Clerkenwell is a hub for trend-setting design and cosy bars.

City is just minutes away from the shopping, restaurants and entertainment on offer near to Angel tube station. Upper Street See local area map inside back cover.

Pictured, left to right: Monika Veleva, Law LLB, third year; Martina Fidanova, Management BSc graduate. 8 www.city.ac.uk 9 This is City

Whether you are a complete beginner, have represented your school or college or even played at county and national level, City offers so many opportunities for you to participate in sport. Many of our sports teams compete in either British & Sport (BUCS) leagues or the London Universities Sports Leagues (LUSL).

Competing in the largest Action shot from a City versus Brunel men’s volleyball match. student sports facility CitySport See local area map in . inside back cover. 5 This is City. Pictured: Abdelrahman Elmagdoub (jumping), Mechanical Engineering MEng, fourth year; Ayub Abubakarov (at the net), Business Management BSc, first year. BUSINESS and the professions

10 City, University of London www.city.ac.uk 11 Undergraduate Prospectus 2020/21

City has a strong reputation for academic excellence Our academic staff are engaged in research that is and a close relationship with business and the transforming the world in which we live. Whether they professions. In 1894, the Northampton Institute was are developing biomedical sensors to improve survival founded to “promote the industrial skill, general rates of patients in intensive care, or leading research knowledge, health and wellbeing” of young men into social attitudes across Europe, our academic staff and women from Islington. The Institute became are at the forefront of their fields. ‘The City University’ in 1966, when it was granted a , but our close links to business and Research excellence the professions remain as important today as they A key component in City’s academic excellence is were 125 years ago. Our students benefit from these its research strength. The December 2014 Research relationships both during their studies and when the Excellence Framework (REF2014) results, which time comes to start their careers. assessed research quality at British higher education Undergraduate degrees at City have been developed institutions, was exceptionally important for City. by outstanding academic staff with the input of In less than three years, we made a greater improvement employers and leading figures in industry. Almost in research quality, per Funding Council research all of our degrees offer the opportunity to undertake pound, than any other UK university. Why City? Business and the professions a work placement, a clinical placement or a period This leap has taken the institution to a position today studying abroad, allowing you to broaden your where the majority of our total academic staff are horizons and professional network while gaining producing research that is deemed world-leading critical skills for your future. or internationally excellent.

Pierfrancesco Zeoli International Political Economy BSc, third year The course content was my primary consideration when applying. Studying International Political Economy offers me the possibility to study international politics, international relations and macroeconomics. My favourite thing about studying at City is its commitment to diversity and multicultural integrity, which has helped me adapt to a new international environment. Also, the variety of extracurricular activities, societies and Business volunteering activities which offer opportunities Giulia Basana to develop your skills. I was recently awarded a and the professions Journalism BA, second year place in the Professional Mentoring Programme I chose to study journalism at City because it and am part of the City Politics Society. would help me connect with the right people in the Find out more industry. The City Careers Service supported me Full details of City’s Careers Service are included while I was looking for work experience by revising over the next six pages. To discover further my CV and hosting mock interviews. With their opportunities for work placements and studying help I was able to gain experience at The Times, abroad, see the course pages, starting on page 46. Press Association and Thomson Reuters. I moved to London from Italy because I am motivated to To find out more about the impact of our academics’ become a reporter for the BBC and I believe City research, visit www.city.ac.uk/research-publication. has opened the pathway to my dream career. EMPLOYABILITY

12 City, University of London www.city.ac.uk 13 Undergraduate Prospectus 2020/21

Fatema Dhanani (pictured far left) With the support of our outstanding Careers Service, Professional Mentoring Scheme students enjoy excellent global employment prospects Law LLB, third year This scheme offers an opportunity for students to upon graduating from City. We are ranked 11th in the At City you are surrounded by a wealth of engage with a Professional Mentor who will support UK for highest graduate starting salaries (The Times opportunities, be they career-related, social or and advise you on personal and professional and Sunday Times Good University Guide 2019). academic. I’m constantly inspired, motivated and development. This is a great way to complement challenged by my professors. The Careers Service Whether you are applying for jobs and attending your studies and develop your confidence, helped me find my way, answered my questions interviews, or gaining experience for life in the employability and professional network. workplace, City offers exceptional assistance. and is always looking to provide further help. City For more information on the scheme, The team will support you throughout your is an institution that is always investing in itself

its requirements and how to apply, visit: Why City? Employability journey towards starting your career. and its students. From the moment you begin here, www.city.ac.uk/study/student-support/mentoring City believes that you’ll make it. I plan to pursue a With professionally accredited courses and close ’s degree in crisis management, after hopefully links to relevant industries. City’s reputation for Sector-specific panel events working for the City Students’ Union for a year. producing highly employable graduates is The Careers team regularly hosts panel events, giving well-established. students the opportunity to investigate the career options Specialist careers advice available to them. Each event consists of a series of talks followed by a networking reception with employers and Discuss your plans at one-to-one career appointments recent graduates, often featuring City alumni. and group workshops from your first term, get advice on preparing your CV or LinkedIn profile or attend Industry Insights Programme a mock interview to help you feel ready for the real thing. The Careers Service will ask you about your The Industry Insights Programme gives you exposure career readiness and experiences as early as the to a range of industries and sectors that interest you. day you first register. You may wish to explore industries directly related to your degree or get to know different sectors within other Career fairs industries that interest you. City has strong links with major employers who For more information, visit: visit City regularly throughout the year to give www.city.ac.uk/industry-insights presentations, attend career fairs and run skills sessions. Speed-networking events These events invite graduates and employers back to campus to share their career experiences with current students through an evening of speed-networking. They allow employers early access to students before Nathan Maitland-Davies they graduate, providing a platform to showcase career Radiography (Diagnostic Imaging) BSc, third year opportunities available within their organisations. I wanted to go to a university with a good social life as well as a great reputation and I feel City has this. I’ve really enjoyed the fact that there are so many hospitals partnered with City, which has enabled me to spend time in lots of sites, building up my experience with different equipment. We have had sessions on CV building to get us ready for applying for jobs when we qualify. I hope to stay in London as a qualified radiographer, building on the experience I have gained so far.

A student common room named in honour of and computing pioneer, Ada Lovelace. College Building See campus map Employa bility inside back cover. A Find out more www.city.ac.uk/careers Also pictured: Gabija Lankauskaite (grey jacket), Banking and International Finance with Placement BSc, fourth year; Faith Mirabueno (red top), Radiography (Diagnostic Imaging) BSc, second year. WORK placements

14 City, University of London www.city.ac.uk 15 Undergraduate Prospectus 2020/21

Kingsley Tong City’s strong industry links and central London Banking and International Finance location mean you’re perfectly situated to find the with Placement BSc, fourth year relevant and useful work placements you need during As a placement student in consulting at Deloitte, your time here. I was in a very fortunate place. This was possible Work placements are increasingly important in today’s thanks partly to my academic performance but also competitive job market as they allow you to apply because of the vast number of opportunities that Cass your skills and knowledge to real situations. The presented to me. There are countless recruitment right placement will strengthen your applications and networking events running throughout the for graduate jobs when you finish your studies, will year and these played a pivotal role in my securing enable you to earn money and can sometimes lead to of the placement. As someone who was previously you being offered work with the same employer when Why City? placements Work quite undecided about a particular career path, I you graduate. found the placement programme opened up a world of opportunities and made my ambitions clear. Graduate opportunities Kingsley is pictured during his Deloitte Technology You can find graduate vacancies with City Consulting 12-month placement. CareersHub, our specialist online service. All City students and graduates are registered on the site, along with more than 5,000 employers, such as the BBC, Deloitte, Goldman Sachs, HSBC, PwC and Times Newspapers. You can attend our workshops on job search tactics or take one of our practice aptitude tests which are similar to those some companies use in their selection processes. Internship and placement opportunities You can also use City CareersHub to find industrial placement and internship opportunities to undertake while you are studying. We organise career fairs and employer presentations and most of the companies attending these events recruit for placements and summer internships or offer short-term work experience opportunities. The Micro-Placements Programme This programme is a new initiative which aims to place City students on short-term (three to five-week) work experience placements in organisations during the summer. All students receive feedback on their performance. School of Health Sciences placements Students studying within the School of Health Sciences are placed in various healthcare settings and benefit from placements at some of London’s most prestigious healthcare institutions and trusts. Temporary and part-time work Unitemps, City’s internal temping agency, helps students and recent graduates find part-time and temporary work at City and in local businesses. Student volunteering Work You can boost your employment chances by developing new skills through volunteering with our Community Volunteering Service at placements volunteering.city.ac.uk

Find out more www.city.ac.uk/careers volunteering.city.ac.uk www.unitemps.com STARTUP City

16 City, University of London www.city.ac.uk 17 Undergraduate Prospectus 2020/21

City, University of London is located on the doorstep CitySpark of Tech City, Europe’s largest cluster of digital and CitySpark is a ‘business design and doing’ competition technology startup companies. A place where where City students can win up to £5,000 to develop a creativity and imagination meet technology: City new business idea, test it out with potential customers will help and encourage you every step of the way, and then make it happen. www.city.ac.uk/cityspark whatever your entrepreneurial passion. Drawing on its heritage as a university established City Launch Lab to provide academic excellence to business and the

City Launch Lab is a specially designed incubator space Why City? Startup City professions, City is committed to developing the that provides business mentoring support and access to next generation of entrepreneurial talent within the an accelerator programme to kick-start your business. student and graduate community. Our unique location There is also free desk space for student and graduate and our focus on Enterprise Education enable us to entrepreneurs from City. www.city.ac.uk/launchlab offer wide-ranging support to enterprising students, during their studies and beyond. Start-Ed The benefits of having Tech City at our fingertips Start-Ed is a free walk-in centre offering assistance include student employability, research relationships for small businesses and technology startups. and business collaboration opportunities. EC1V, City’s postcode, is among the top UK postcodes for starting Made@City a business. Made@City is an end-of-year celebration to showcase and reward the best final-year student project CityStarters work. The event brings together City students, staff The CityStarters team runs a wide range of and alumni and members of the local Tech City extracurricular Enterprise Education events, community. www.city.ac.uk/made-at-city programmes and activities which are free of charge and accessible to all students and graduates studying Cass Entrepreneurship Fund at City, regardless of their course. The Cass Entrepreneurship Fund is a £10 million venture www.city.ac.uk/cityventures/start capital fund, providing growth equity to startup and early stage companies. Peter Cullum Centre of Entrepreneurship The Peter Cullum Centre of Entrepreneurship (PCCE) is a focal point for budding and established entrepreneurs. It brings together the skills, experiences and networks of successful entrepreneurs, financiers and business leaders and offers a range of short courses and support services to entrepreneurs. Startup

Hawaa Budraa and Gina Dorodvand Biomedical Engineering BEng, both graduated 2015 Following our graduation as biomedical engineers from City, we were able to dive straight into our business idea. City provided us with office space at City Launch Lab, where we were surrounded by other startups who helped us on our journey. The University provided us with mentorship on topics such as pitching and raising investment and introduced us to networks of potential funding. This support helped us grow from an idea into a post-revenue company Find out more with a strong team and product. We are still part CityFollow @CityStarters on Twitter, visit the of the City Launch Lab today and we are extremely CityStarters website at www.citystarters.co.uk grateful to be able to continue growing in this space. or email [email protected] GLOBAL connections

18 City, University of London www.city.ac.uk 19 Undergraduate Prospectus 2020/21

Eni Elezi (pictured far left) Far-reaching connections and close ties with Accounting and Finance BSc, second year institutions around the world make City a truly City has boosted my professional competence and international place to study. Our location in the middle critical thinking. It is a welcoming environment of London, our diverse community of alumni, students that has allowed me to develop my knowledge and and staff and our extensive international links with skills. Studying in central London has given me the universities, industries and organisations make City opportunity to be right in the centre of economic a genuinely global university. activity and the financial district. After I graduate, I plan to gain professional experience in the field Gain a global perspective of investment banking or risk management, as Studying for a degree at City is a truly international well as become professionally accredited. experience, equipping you with the knowledge, skills and attributes to be globally employable and Why City? Global connections make a positive contribution to society. Students gain international perspectives through their on- campus experience and there are opportunities for students to extend their global outlook, some of which are specific to certain courses. City Student Exchange Some students have the option to study a term or full academic year at one of City’s partner institutions. City has exchange agreements with some of the most prestigious universities throughout Europe and beyond, including Australia, Singapore, Hong Kong, South Korea, the United States and . Taking part in an exchange is a great way to get even more out of your university experience, meet like-minded people in your field in other countries and benefit from the expertise of academics at our partner institutions. For more information, visit: www.city.ac.uk/city-student-exchange Placements Eligible students may also undertake an overseas work placement, which provides an invaluable opportunity to gain employability skills. Financial support At the time of print, Erasmus+ grants are available for students studying or undertaking a study exchange or work placement in Europe. Santander Student Exchange Scholarships are also available to students undertaking study in certain countries outside Europe. For the latest information, visit: www.city.ac.uk/city-student-exchange International partnerships City, University of London has a range of international partnerships in relation to both education and research. These relationships allow us to create Students pose on a opportunities for students to study abroad and gain staircase decorated with international work experience and help to facilitate an illustration of French some of the world-leading research that cartographer and data takes place at City. visualization pioneer, Global Jacques Bertin. College Building connections See campus map inside back cover. Find out more Also pictured, left to right: Magdalena Dunicz, To find out more about life as an international A Investment and Financial Risk Management BSc, student at City, turn to pages 28-29 or third year; Katrina Chan, Media, Communication visit: www.city.ac.uk/international and Sociology BSc, second year; Mahisha Shahjahan, International Political Economy BSc, third year. INVESTING in spaces

20 City, University of London www.city.ac.uk 21 Undergraduate Prospectus 2020/21

As a leading global institution located in the heart of London, City recognises the central role a modern and dynamic physical environment plays in your development and learning experience. City has made major investments in important structural developments on campus since 2012. These aim to enhance your motivation and learning experience while creating a sense of community and place. Main entrance and 240-seat lecture theatre project Why City? Investing in spaces The recent refurbishment, extension and repositioning of City’s main entrance aims to impress every upon, with improved access to departments and study spaces, as well as views of the elegant and leafy Northampton Square. CitySport City’s impressive sports venue is the largest student sports facility in central London, it occupies over 3,000m2 of floor space and is furnished with leading- edge equipment (see pages 32-33). Tait Building The Tate Building, home to the School of Mathematics, Computer Science & Engineering, now houses new research labs, clinical skills areas and student-facing facilities. These include CityBar, a new Students’ Union space, informal learning and quiet study spaces, a multi-faith area and a new restaurant. City Sight optometry clinics This facility brings public optometry clinics, research areas and learning spaces together to offer Optometry students first-hand experience. While final-year students have the chance to dispense contact lenses and spectacles to patients with visual impairments on campus, other City students and staff members can benefit from the free sight tests available at the facility. Investing in Latest developments City has invested a further £10 million in new facilities on the ground floor of the Drysdale Building, expanding and improving IT facilities and social spaces for students. Meanwhile, work is underway on a stunning new home for The City Law School at Sebastian Street, due to open in 2020.

A view inside City’s impressive new main entrance. University Building See campus map spaces inside back cover. Find out more To learn more about City’s B improvements to its campus, visit: www.city.ac.uk/building-the-vision/projects STUDENT life

22 City, University of London www.city.ac.uk 23 Undergraduate Prospectus 2020/21

At City, students feel immediately supported and at home, surrounded by a vibrant social and cultural life. Student London is one of the most exciting and vibrant cities in the world and City, University of London is perfectly placed for enjoying all that it has to offer. City's lively extracurricular offerings include clubs and societies, sporting facilities and opportunities for

paid employment and volunteering. We also provide Life City at Student life comprehensive support to all our students from day one, with staff on hand to assist with learning, health and wellbeing, accommodation and careers. Your Students’ Union City Students’ Union works to improve the experience of City's 20,000 students. Helping you make the most of your time here, it organises events and supports City’s essential clubs and societies, charity fundraising causes and student media groups. Every student has the chance to be elected and campaign on issues that matter to you. We have 15 officers representing you on university-wide issues and 700 Programme Representatives across all courses to highlight academic issues. If you want to be heard or gain key skills by representing the University, City Students’ Union is the place to start. The Union also provides independent, impartial and Find out more confidential academic advice, so if things don’t go to lifeCity is ranked 3rd in London for student experience plan, they can help you get back on track. (The Times and Sunday Times Good University Guide 2019). To find out more about City Students’ Union, visit: You can find out more about available activities and how www.citystudents.co.uk they can help develop your career with Experience City. Visit: experience.city.ac.uk The Student Centre Even if you have not yet applied for a place at City, our award-winning Student Centre is here to answer your questions. From practical help with your to finding somewhere to live, travelling around London and just about anything else, we can help. Clubs and societies The Students’ Union supports social, academic, political and cultural clubs and societies that reflect the diverse interests and origins of the City student body. It also handles the representation and social activities of City’s sports teams. There is something for everyone – from Amnesty to anime and musical theatre to mountaineering – and if your interest is not catered for, the Students’ Union can support you to create a new club or society. Sustainability As part of City’s commitment to sustainability, we offer schemes for students keen to make a positive impact on City and the local community. These schemes enable student ideas to become reality through support and financial investment. Volunteering There are numerous opportunities to volunteer at City. It is a great way to help others while developing Students pictured at Borough Market, near London Bridge. Left to right: relevant skills, knowledge and experience for your Sana Amla, Child Nursing BSc, third year; Ayesha Hussain, Radiography future career. (Radiotherapy and Oncology) BSc, second year; Michelle Sarkisyan, Journalism BA, To find out more, visit: volunteering.city.ac.uk second year; Pierfrancesco Zeoli, International Political Economy BSc, third year. 24 City, University of London www.city.ac.uk 25 Undergraduate Prospectus 2020/21

Widening Participation At City we are committed to working with and encouraging young people from under-represented groups to consider and make well-informed decisions about higher education. Every year we employ over 180 City students as Widening Participation Student Ambassadors to engage with young people and schools in the local community. Life City at Student life Eating and socialising There is a range of places to eat and meet friends at City, with something for everyone’s needs. There are 12 outlets around campus, including coffee shops and sandwich bars, restaurants and CityBar. EATC1TY, our main restaurant, hosts a range of food options, from a weekly street food-inspired pop-up, to freshly made pizza and Portuguese-style chicken. During the day CityBar is a great place to eat, socialise, study or relax between lectures. At night it becomes a vibrant social space, with society events, DJ sets and themed parties. Mature students City encourages applications from mature students and is sensitive to their needs. Around one third of City's undergraduate students are classed as mature students (aged over 21 at the start of their studies) with around 9 per cent aged 30 and over. Students with dependents may be eligible for funding assistance (see pages 40-41). Shikhar Madhavdas Computer Science with Placement, fourth year University of London Studying in an environment which promotes City joined the University of London (UoL) in collaboration and developing new ideas has improved September 2016, becoming one of its self-governing my confidence. At City I have made lifelong friends member institutions. The University of London was and through societies have been able to experience founded by Royal Charter in 1836 and is one of the new activities such as mountain climbing and fencing. oldest, largest and most diverse universities in the UK. The Professional Mentoring Scheme has helped City continues to recruit, register and be responsible me take my first steps towards my career goals. I for its students, who also become members of the became aware of new fields such as AI, which has UoL, which offers several benefits. Students are contributed enormously towards my goal of working able to access UoL library resources and are entitled in the field of cybersecurity with data analytics. to membership of ‘’ (the former University of London Union). UoL membership means opportunities for greater social interaction, extension of the student community, access to additional libraries, accommodation options and sports facilities and teams. Student Katy Cottrell Criminology BSc, third year I applied to City because I knew I wanted to live in London while studying and City stood out the most for me at Open Day. The central location enriches Students playing table football inside CityBar, a my course and I like the amount of elective modules great location for students I can choose from. The Criminology modules are to relax by day or night. my favourite, although we can choose modules from across the whole of the School of Arts & Social Tait Building Sciences. I would relish a career in probation services, See campus map inside back cover. victimology or qualitative research. I’m open to any opportunities to work within the justice system. lifeFind out more C You can find out more about available activities and how they can help develop your career with Also pictured: Chrystella Mutshipayi, Sociology BSc, Experience City. Visit: experience.city.ac.uk first year; Zack Sardar, English BA, third year. STUDENT support

26 City, University of London www.city.ac.uk 27 Undergraduate Prospectus 2020/21

CityBuddies Chaplaincy CityBuddies matches you with a current student The Chaplaincy and Faith Advisory team provides on your course (subject to availability) to help you support and guidance to students and staff regardless settle in during the first months of university. Your of faith and belief. Here you can explore questions CityBuddy will be there to guide you around the of faith, meaning and purpose; learn about world campus, show you all the activities that City has to religions; find out about spaces for prayer and reflection offer and give you valuable insight into studying and how City supports your religious practice; speak on your course. confidentially; and take part in public events. For more information on CityBuddies, visit: To find out more, visit: www.city.ac.uk/faith

www.city.ac.uk/buddy Life City at Student support Neurodiversity support (including dyslexia Health and wellbeing and other specific learning differences) The Student Health Service is a nurse-led advisory We have a dedicated team to support you with service available to all students. We provide a daily specific learning differences, such as dyslexia. We drop-in clinic for advice with minor illnesses, injuries offer screenings and diagnostic assessments, one- and general health information. We also offer the to-one support, advice on funding and liaison with Meningitis (MenACWY) and MMR vaccinations and departments across City to recommend adjustments. help you to register with a doctor (GP). Students should book registration appointments as soon as they have enrolled to ensure that deadlines Student Counselling for any examination arrangements are met. and Mental Health Service Professional and confidential counselling services are Disability support available to all students. You can discuss any issues Our Disability Service offers disabled students individual you might have, such as relationships, loneliness, support and advice on how to claim funding and makes study worries, sexuality and depression. We provide recommendations for reasonable adjustments to help group and individual counselling sessions, cognitive your learning, including liaison with departments to behavioural therapy, workshops, mental health ensure that appropriate arrangements are in place. advice and mentoring. We also support students Naimah Mohchin with diagnosed mental health conditions to Academic learning support Speech and Language Therapy BSc, first year access reasonable adjustments, including We help you to develop your study skills so you examination arrangements. learn more effectively and boost your performance City is all about diversity. As a health student this in areas including critical thinking, essay writing was extremely important to me as it has given me and referencing. the opportunity to engage with people from different cultures, faiths and backgrounds. I have felt fully supported throughout my time at City so far, with personal tutor meetings and academic support and advice. Having a clinical tutor has been invaluable when finding my pre-clinical placements. I am also a Student Representative, which gives the opportunity for students’ voices to be heard as we are constantly liaising with staff and relaying feedback. Student

Outside the large revolving doors at City’s new main entrance on Northampton Square. University Building See campus map support inside back cover. Find out more You can find out more about available activities B and how they can help develop your career with Experience City. Visit: experience.city.ac.uk INTERNATIONAL student life

28 City, University of London www.city.ac.uk 29 Undergraduate Prospectus 2020/21

Emily Movafaghi (pictured left) Accounting and Finance BSc, second year We understand that choosing a university and deciding Entry qualifications to study outside your home country is one of the biggest To gain a place at City, you will need to meet the I chose City for many reasons, such as the high decisions you will make. City students and staff come institution’s general and course-specific requirements. standard of education, its reputation and also the from around 160 countries, creating a supportive and Our International Recruitment team is experienced location. I enjoy travelling to the University every cosmopolitan academic community. International students in dealing with international qualifications and can day, it is the little things about London that surprise form a key part of academic and social life at City and help you with any queries you may have. me every time – from small cafés to florists. The we offer comprehensive support to help you as you apply, atmosphere on campus is amazing, everyone is prepare to travel, arrive and excel in your studies here. very friendly and helpful and I love meeting up with English language courses and support other international students. I am looking forward to International visits As City’s courses are offered in English, you will need to applying for a master’s degree at Cass. I have learnt provide proof that you are competent in English before The International Recruitment team makes frequent a lot about the brokerage industry from my mentor admission. We run full-time courses at INTO City (see page overseas visits to attend education fairs and undertake and feel it is the career path I would like to pursue. 189) during the summer to help students improve their one-to-one counselling with students who are interested English before their courses start. See the course pages for in studying in the UK. We also have an extensive the English language requirements of specific courses.

worldwide network of representatives to help students Life City at International student life with their applications if needed. HOST UK To find out when we might be visiting your country, City is a member of HOST UK, which offers students visit: www.city.ac.uk/international the unique cultural experience of spending a weekend with a British host family outside London. Further Contact international alumni information can be found at: www.hostuk.org City alumni and our network of alumni groups stretch from Argentina to New Zealand. If you have Foundation courses for overseas students questions about moving to London and studying at Students who do not meet the standard admissions City as an international student, they will be able requirements for direct entry can take a Foundation to advise and share their experiences with you. course or preparatory route before starting their Visit our alumni page for more information degree course. For more information on Foundation on your nearest group at: courses, please see the course pages and Applying to www.city.ac.uk/alumni/international-groups City section of this prospectus. International Student Advisers Applying through UCAS City’s team of International Student Advisers, based in All students applying for full-time undergraduate the Student Centre, is on hand to provide expert advice courses at universities and colleges in the UK must on visas and immigration through the decision-making apply through UCAS (Universities and Colleges International and application process, as you plan your travel to Admissions Service). The UCAS application deadline London and for the duration of your studies. for UK and EU students is 15th January 2020. The application deadline for overseas students is 30th June Visa requirements 2020, though we strongly advise overseas students student It is essential that you prepare carefully for your to submit their applications by 15th January 2020. visa application to come and study in the UK. The rules are very strict and your visa application will Tuition fees be refused if you do not meet them exactly. Fees for overseas undergraduate students vary according to the course you intend to study. Up- Information about applying for a visa to study at City to-date fee information for the 2020/21 academic is available at: www.city.ac.uk/studentvisa year will be available on City’s website. For fees If you need help with the application process, have any purposes, we classify students as either ‘home’, specific questions about your situation, or would like any EU or ‘overseas’. Classification is complex and documents checked before you apply for your visa, you may be determined by several factors including should email our International Student Advice team at: nationality and residency. City, University of London [email protected] applies The Education (Fees and Awards) (England) Regulations 2007 and The Student Fees (Qualifying Tier 4 (General) Student Visa Courses and Persons) (England) Regulations 2007. If you have a Tier 4 (General) Student Visa, which For a useful summary of the Regulations, visit: was issued for study at another university, college or www.ukcisa.org.uk school in the UK, you will need to make a new Tier 4 application to the UK Home Office using a Confirmation Accommodation of Acceptance for Studies from City, before you will be We guarantee accommodation to all full-time, allowed to enrol with us. first-year undergraduate students, provided To check if you are able to apply from within the UK, we receive your accommodation application lifeFind out more visit: www.city.ac.uk/studentvisa before the deadline (see overleaf). On our website you will find the most up-to-date Hall enquiries: www.city.ac.uk/accommodation information about applying to City as an international Private Housing: www.housing.london.ac.uk student, including further guidance on visas and Also pictured: Millie Whiting (centre), immigration. Visit: www.city.ac.uk/international Radiography (Diagnostic Imaging) BSc, third year; Chrystella Mutshipayi, Sociology BSc, first year (right). ACCOMMODATION

30 City, University of London www.city.ac.uk 31 Undergraduate Prospectus 2020/21 Life City at Accommodation

Ensuring you find a room Outside Liberty Court, We guarantee a place for first-year undergraduates one of City’s various in halls of residence, providing you accept our offer student halls. of a full-time course and apply for accommodation no later than 30th June 2020 (for courses beginning Halls of residence See local area map in September 2020). You will also need to be 18 years inside back cover. All first-year students can choose to live in one or older at the time of moving into halls. The Student of City’s modern and centrally located halls of Centre will then confirm your place. residence. Moving to a big city can seem intimidating If you are holding City as an offer but it’s much easier if you have arranged somewhere and you change this to a firm acceptance before 16 to live that is comfortable and close to other students. 30th June 2020, you must let the Accommodation At City, we offer a range of accommodation, including team know so the alteration can be recorded. contemporary and newly refurbished halls of Your application for accommodation will not residence a short walk from the main City buildings, be guaranteed until you have done so. Temporary accommodation as well as private accommodation. If you do not want a place in halls, the University If you decide not to live in halls of residence and you All prospective full-time students can apply for a of London Private Housing Services can provide require temporary accommodation while you look place in halls of residence and we guarantee one to information to help you find accommodation in for a room in the private sector, the cost is likely to all first-year undergraduates who accept a place at the private sector. Ideally you would need to view be at least £70 a night. For information on short- City before the accommodation deadline. Whether private housing prior to booking it. July and August term housing, visit: www.housing.london.ac.uk/ you want to live in halls or privately rented housing, are the best times to find private accommodation find-accommodation/short-term-housing our Student Centre’s Accommodation team can help. in London for the following academic year. Find out more University of London Housing Services On our website you will find the most Halls of residence Costs of private accommodation City students have full access to Private Housing up-to-date information about when and Living with other students provides a great Private accommodation in central London can be Advisors, legal housing advice, a contract checking how to apply for halls of residence, opportunity to meet new people from different expensive. Keep in mind that your heating, electricity service and various housing events held throughout costs, different types of accommodation, courses and backgrounds. We have self-catered and hot water expenses will probably not be included the year. bursaries and special requirements, visit: halls of residence located only a short walk from as part of your rent and you will also have to pay a www.city.ac.uk/accommodation the main City buildings (locations are shown on refundable deposit. It may be less expensive to live Council Tax To explore the options for accommodation the map at the back of this prospectus). Each with further away, but this will mean you will have travel Most full-time students do not have to pay in the private sector, visit: a team of management staff, our halls have private, costs. For an idea of what you may have to pay and a Council Tax. If you are sharing accommodation www.housing.london.ac.uk modern study bedrooms and communal living private housing guide, visit: www.housing.london. with non-students, you may be expected to spaces where you can cook, relax and feel at home. ac.uk/housing-guide contribute to the household’s Council Tax bill. Accomm odation SPORT at City

32 City, University of London www.city.ac.uk 33 Undergraduate Prospectus 2020/21

Take advantage of our high-tech new sports centre City is proud of its active sporting calendar and and the wide choice of team and individual sports everyone is welcome to take part. Play tennis on offer. Sport plays an important role at City and or football, join a Zumba class, represent City whether you want to continue with a familiar sport, in competitive sport or build a new fitness work out, set new goals, try something new or join programme; whatever you would like to try, our a team, City offers a varied range of activities. experienced personnel and excellent facilities will help you realise your ambitions. CitySport There are plenty of opportunities to take part in

CitySport, the University’s sports centre, is the competitive sport. Many of City’s sports teams Life City at Sport at City largest student sports facility in central London. compete in either the British Universities & Colleges Fitted with the latest and most sophisticated Sport (BUCS) or the London Universities Sport Leagues fitness equipment across 3,000m2 of floor space, (LUSL), playing against teams from other universities CitySport provides leading-edge sport and wellbeing on Wednesday afternoons. Everyone in the Wolfpack facilities for our students at competitive rates. family is keen to support City students in their CitySport features 100 stations of gym equipment chosen sports. spread over two floors, including the latest To find out more about representing City, training consoles with tablet-style screens, with internet sessions, venues, fixtures and our captains’ profiles, access and device connectivity available at visit: www.city.ac.uk/sport the touch of a finger. Both gym floors are fitted with bespoke training rigs, designed to allow an Individual sport almost limitless choice of body weight exercises – If you have an interest in a particular sport and you a match for any high-end gym in London. For those are not part of a team, our Sport and Leisure Services who prefer group exercise, there are purpose-built staff can offer support with competition entry, travel studios for mind and body classes, indoor studio costs and possible coaching advice. You will need to cycling, martial arts and student team sports. present any qualifications, competition records and At the heart of the centre is the Saddlers Sports Hall, relevant UK or international rankings, if required. an elite, Olympic-standard competition space adapted to Sport England standards and able to accommodate CityActive basketball, badminton, five-a-side football, Taking some time away from studying is important volleyball, cricket, netball and other court sports. and sport can be a great way to enhance your With customised seating for up to 400 spectators and university experience. Getting involved in the separate team changing rooms, the Hall is a hub for CityActive social sports programme is easy. You can City’s representational sports teams and social sport. come by yourself or with friends to one of the coached sessions and join in with everybody else there. You The Wolfpack do not need to have played any of the sports before Being part of the ‘Wolfpack’ is about much more than and with no weekly commitment you can come representing City, University of London competitively. along to as many or as few sessions as you wish. Whether you play, coach or officiate for one of the CityActive aims to bring students together, helping Sport representative teams, volunteer at events, help at them meet new friends from different courses practice sessions, cheer on our teams or simply take while learning a new sport in a fun and friendly part in our social sports programme, you will be part environment. To get involved, all you need to do is of the Wolfpack. turn up at CitySport during term time, show them Our Sport and Leisure Services staff are friendly and your City student ID card, pay and play. down-to-earth fitness professionals, on hand to help you feel at home and, most importantly, achieve your goals.

Inside the high-tech gymnasium at City’s impressive sports centre. atFind out more City CitySport For more information about sport at City See local area map and the impressive facilities at CitySport, inside back cover. visit: www.city.ac.uk/sport

Register 5 To register for CitySport, visit: www.citysport.org.uk Pictured: Alexis Catherine Lim, Business Studies BSc, second year. LEARNING

34 City, University of London www.city.ac.uk 35 Undergraduate Prospectus 2020/21

We are committed to providing you with an education safeguarding the standards of learning in UK higher that is inspiring, challenging and relevant to the world education, has consistently recognised the quality we live in. We do everything we can to ensure you of education at City. Many of our courses are also have a rich and varied learning experience at City. We accredited by relevant professional bodies, providing deliver high-quality courses, communicate effectively further endorsement of our educational standards. and listen to your views. We are committed to treating you in a professional, courteous and helpful way and Studying abroad

ensuring equal opportunities for all students. Many students can undertake an international Life City at Learning study or work placement as part of their courses. Staff International exchanges and placements can be from Our academic staff include internationally renowned three to twelve months, dependent on the School or experts who are involved in ground-breaking the department’s academic requirements. research and take leading roles in shaping practice in government, healthcare and industry. They will play International summer schools a major role in your educational experience and are A summer school is a short-term study programme dedicated to making sure your learning is relevant which provides you with the experience of living and and rewarding. learning in another country. Open to all undergraduate students, they last between two and eight weeks and State-of-the-art facilities take place during holiday periods. You will need to Our recent multi-million pound refit of our apply for them independently and be responsible main entrance, learning spaces, library and IT for meeting all the costs, although there are grants infrastructure is part of our commitment to academic available for those studying within Europe. excellence. Many of these changes were informed by student feedback. Work placements and internships There is an increasing demand among employers Flexible approaches to learning for graduates who have completed a period of work We provide an integrated learning experience for experience and many degree courses at City offer our students, combining physical and virtual students the opportunity to undertake a work learning spaces for lectures, seminars, and placement as part of their degree. Although it is your personal study. Students have access to a breadth of responsibility to find a suitable work placement, the online materials, tools and activities, including their departmental Placement Officer or industry Placement own personal learning spaces. Many courses are Advisor in your School will be able to advise you. structured to facilitate flexible learning. Share your views TEF and quality-assured education Students have an important role to play in developing In 2017, the Higher Education Funding Council courses and shaping the learning experience, both for England (HEFCE) awarded City a Silver award for themselves and for future students. We therefore in the Teaching Excellence Framework (TEF) encourage our students to express their views through in recognition of our commitment to delivering surveys and the system of Programme Representatives. an outstanding experience to students. And the This feedback provides invaluable insights that help us Quality Assurance Agency (QAA), responsible for fine-tune and improve the learning experience.

Students pictured in one of City’s impressive new lecture theatres. University Building See campus map Learning inside back cover. Find out more Take a journey through City, University of B London by watching the video at this link: Pictured: David D’Amico, Economics BSc, fourth year; www.city.ac.uk/why-city Mahgul Qureshi, Psychology BSc, third year. ACADEMIC facilities

36 City, University of London www.city.ac.uk 37 Undergraduate Prospectus 2020/21

From our Clinical Skills Centre to our broadcasting Music studio, subject-specific facilities at City help you The Department of Music boasts advanced recording and prepare for your professional life. For 125 years, composition studios, a professional performance space, City has been the university for business and the computer laboratories, rehearsal rooms, practice rooms professions. Our outstanding subject-specific and world music instruments. facilities are one result of that close relationship. They have been designed, often in collaboration with Law libraries professionals working in relevant sectors, to ensure that our students have opportunities to develop From 2020, when The City Law Schoolʼs new building professional skills and prepare for their future careers. on Sebastian Street opens its doors, students will have access to a comprehensive collection of printed textbooks,

Clinical skills and laboratory facilities journals, statutes, law reports, legal reference tools and Life City at Academic facilities encyclopaedias, all housed in a single location. This will Students undertaking degrees offered by the School be complemented by a suite of online legal databases, of Health Sciences, including Nursing, Midwifery, which can be accessed off campus. A team of qualified Radiography, Optometry and Speech and Language law librarians, trained in legal research, supports Therapy, begin to prepare for their clinical placements undergraduate students in sourcing legal materials and professional lives in City’s outstanding clinical and researching the law. skills and laboratory facilities. Engineering laboratories Financial Resources Suite and dealing rooms Cass Business School undergraduate students have In 2013, work began to transform the engineering access to a Financial Resources Suite which is located in laboratory facilities as part of City’s major investment the Northampton Square Library. The Suite provides a in its estate. Work on student laboratory and learning range of Bloomberg, Thomson Reuters and Morningstar spaces has recently been completed, including Direct terminals. the expansion of biomedical and electrical engineering laboratories. In addition, Cass undergraduates can use facilities at our postgraduate building on Bunhill Row. This includes Journalism studios use of the Bloomberg and Thomson Reuters dealing rooms, Students in the Department of Journalism have use where students can gain experience of the highs and lows of extensive facilities, including a television studio, of simulated trading in a non-real-time environment. four radio studios, two radio broadcast newsrooms, two digital newsrooms and two television editing and production newsrooms. These spaces were developed in consultation with experts from the BBC and ITN. Academic

The basement of the Tait Building houses a suite of large and impressive engineering laboratories and learning spaces. Tait Building See campus map facilitiesFind out more inside back cover. Pictured with City Racing Team's Formula Student car, from To discover more about your course’s facilities, left: Natasha Patel, Biomedical Engineering BEng, third year; reserve a place on a campus tour, find out C Oluwaseyi Sholola, Civil Engineering BEng, second year; about Open Days or take our virtual tour, visit: Amir Ellithy, Computer Science BSc, first year; Mikolaj Pernak, www.city.ac.uk/visitus Aeronautical Engineering MEng, third year. LIBRARIES and IT services

38 City, University of London www.city.ac.uk 39 Undergraduate Prospectus 2020/21

Books, technology and dedicated staff are IT services available to support you as you learn. The Leading-edge technologies and 24-hour IT support resources and facilities provided by City's Library ensure every student benefits from excellent IT Services occupy five floors in the University facilities. You will receive a Microsoft Office 365 Building and there are specialist libraries for account, giving you an email account for life, Cass Business School and The City Law School. alongside access to a range of facilities such as Library facilities video calls, online storage and the full Microsoft Office suite for the duration of your studies. Our innovative learning spaces offer a mix of individual and group study areas to suit your Computing laboratories learning needs. We have over 1,500 individual Our campus-wide wireless network provision study spaces, many equipped with PC workstations, enables you to connect to our services from your with approximately 200 spaces for group study. own devices and our computer laboratories. With

Group study rooms are furnished with audio-visual Life City at Libraries and IT services more than 140 different desktop applications, you equipment to help you prepare presentations and will have ample access to the software that you share and discuss your ideas with colleagues. require for your studies. Some laboratories are Library Services offers extensive opening hours open 24 hours a day and you can use City’s website and provides a comprehensive range of resources to find available machines at any time of day. in digital and print to support your learning and enhance your employability. You can find most of our University of London facilities electronic books, journals and databases 24 hours a City’s membership of the University of London day on your own mobile device or home computer. gives students access to a range of other libraries, Specialist support is available through our enquiry including Senate House Library which offers points, online chat service, one-to-one tutorials additional online resources. and workshops to help you locate, access and use the resources you need. Assistive technology Library Services provides a range of support for students with additional needs, including software for students with visual impairments, Inspiration mind mapping and voice recognition software.

City’s large Northampton Libraries Square Library spans five levels with spacious areas for group study and IT services and silent study. University Building See campus map Find out more inside back cover. To find out more about our library facilities, visit: www.city.ac.uk/library B For information about technology and IT provision, visit: www.city.ac.uk/is Pictured: Michael Daramola, Economics BSc, graduated 2018. FUNDING

40 City, University of London www.city.ac.uk 41 Undergraduate Prospectus 2020/21

A dedicated team within our Student Centre can provide Second degree students guidance on financial support and money management. If you already hold a bachelor’s degree, you will not There are many ways of funding your time at university. normally be eligible for student finance for a second Make sure you find out about bursaries, loans and other bachelor’s degree (except for Nursing, Midwifery, support to which you may be entitled. You will find more Radiography and Speech and Language Therapy), information on our website and also on the government’s though you could explore alternative funding through Student Finance website*. Staff will advise you about a Professional and Career Development Loan. budgeting, including your accommodation, food, utility Life City at Funding bills, travel, clothes and course materials. Part-time students Tuition fees Loans for tuition fees are available to eligible part-time undergraduate students who complete their course in City, University of London’s tuition fee is currently no more than four times the amount of time it would £9,250 a year for all UK and EU students (2019/20), take to do it full-time. A part-time maintenance loan though this figure is subject to change. If you are was introduced by the UK Government in 2018. eligible, you will not have to pay in advance for your To find out more, visit: tuition fees as the cost can be covered by a loan. www.gov.uk/student-finance/parttime-students Otherwise tuition fees are paid directly to City in two instalments: at registration and the following January. EU students Please check our website regularly for updated If you are a student from the EU you are normally information on our tuition fees at: www.city.ac.uk entitled to a tuition fee loan only. In some cases, if you have been resident in the UK for more than five Maintenance loan years for non-study purposes, you may be entitled to Eligible students can apply for a maintenance assistance with your living costs. loan of up to £11,672*, dependent on your personal circumstances. You can apply for student finance Students with dependants online. The application process will assess your Students with child or adult dependants may be eligibility for loans and special allowances. eligible for an Adult Dependants’ Grant, Parents’ Learning Allowance and/or Childcare Grant. You can Repaying tuition fee and maintenance loans find more information about these and other potential Once you have graduated and are earning above sources of funding on the Student Finance website*. £25,000 a year*, you will start to repay your loans at affordable rates based on your salary. Although Students with a disability EU rates may vary, the current repayment rate in If you have a disability, mental health condition or the UK is nine per cent of any amount over £25,000 specific learning difference such as dyslexia, you may be (rising to £25,725 from April 2019) that you earn per entitled to further support to help you cover additional annum. So, if your salary is £30,000, you will repay costs associated with your studies, through the Disabled nine per cent of £5,000. Your employer will deduct Students’ Allowances (DSAs). The assessment is based these repayments from your monthly earnings. on your needs and not related to household income. Hardship funds Full-time and part-time students are eligible to apply. The City, University of London Hardship Fund Support for care leavers, estranged students provides assistance for fully enrolled students who and students with caring responsibilities are experiencing hardship or who face an unexpected financial emergency during their studies. Priority We provide an excellent support service for student care is given to students with a disability and/or children, leavers, estranged students and students with caring care leavers and undergraduates in their final year. responsibilities and have a dedicated contact on our staff. The financial support available includes a bursary worth up to £3,500 per year for a maximum of three years. We may also provide funds over the summer for students who face unexpected difficulties or, in emergency cases, a Graduation Package to help with those costs. For further information on what support is available Funding please visit: www.city.ac.uk/care-leavers Find out more For information and resources to help you plan for your time at City, visit: www.city.ac.uk/student- administration/fees-and-finance *For up-to-date information and advice, visit: Pictured: Nina Suehs, Criminology www.gov.uk/student-finance and Psychology BSc, second year. SCHOLARSHIPS, bursaries and prizes

42 City, University of London www.city.ac.uk 43 Undergraduate Prospectus 2020/21

Awards are available for City students to help with the cost of living and tuition. Going to university is a big decision and at City we have an experienced Financial Support team to offer advice on student finance. We also have a broad range of scholarships, bursaries and prizes available for UK and EU students. Scholarships and prizes are awarded for exceptional academic achievement and bursaries are available for students from low-income households. The amount of money per award ranges from £100 to £3,000 and further information about eligibility and how to apply can be found on our website. Scholarships for academic excellence At City, University of London, we believe exceptional academic performance should be recognised and rewarded. Full-time students may be eligible and

should refer to our website for full details of all prizes and bursaries Life City at Scholarships, available scholarships. The Worshipful Company of Dyers Bursary This scholarship offers £1,000 per academic year. New full-time UK students in financial need are eligible to apply. City, University of London means-tested awards City offers a means-tested award designed to help students cover their living costs; this includes the City, University of London Education Grant, The City Cares Award and Article 26 Scholarship. City, University of London Academic Prize Scheme Scholarships, Second-year undergraduates who excel in their studies may be considered for prizes, worth between £100 and £2,000. Awards from Cass Business School bursaries and Cass Business School offers scholarships to new full-time international students, awarded on the basis of academic merit.

Ellen Ormerod Journalism BA, graduated 2017 My scholarship was a huge help, especially as living in London can be quite expensive at times. I was Find out more able to use the money to take short courses in areas I’m really passionate about, in order to further my Please note that this information on scholarships, career prospects and enhance my CV. In my first year bursaries and prizes is correct at the time of I was able to take an art direction and styling course, going to print. For updates and more information, which complemented my degree and has provided please visit: www.city.ac.uk/scholarships me with an extra qualification to add to my skill set. ALUMNI

44 City, University of London www.city.ac.uk 45 Undergraduate Prospectus 2020/21

Your time at City does not end with graduation. Our Alumni Network provides opportunities for you to stay in touch, build professional contacts and support future generations of students. At City, we are fortunate to have an active alumni community of former students who continue to be

involved with the institution and are willing to give Life City at Alumni their time, share their knowledge and support our students. With their help, current students gain a taste of the world of work, greater understanding of how a particular industry works and confidence for life beyond university. Once you graduate, you’ll join City’s Alumni Network, alongside some of our well-known alumni, including Sir Stelios Haji-Ioannou, Founder of EasyGroup plc, Professor Dame Wendy Hall, one of the most influential women in UK IT and Sophie Raworth, BBC News anchor. Here are some of the ways that current students at City can meet and learn from our alumni: Industry Insights Programme This programme, sponsored by FDM Group, gives you the opportunity to explore a range of industries and sectors, either related to your degree or in another area of interest. The series of full-day or half-day events that take place at employers’ premises offer a deep insight into specific companies and provide an understanding of a specific sector. Professional Mentoring Our Leadership & Management Award-winning and nationally accredited mentoring programme has established more than 3,000 relationships between students and industry professionals since 2009. Second-year and third-year students are paired with professionals who support and advise them towards student employability over a six-month period. Mentees become notably more employable, testament to our dedicated mentor cohort that stands at an intake of 400 employers annually. Approximately 73 per cent of mentors are City alumni and many feel that they are making a difference to someone starting out in their career. For more information on the scheme, its requirements and how to apply, visit: www.city.ac.uk/study/student-support/mentoring Alumni Ambassadors At City there is a growing number of international Alumni Ambassadors and groups worldwide. Currently based in over 46 countries, you’ll be able to attend City events and stay connected even after you return home. Join alumni on social media City: Facebook www.facebook.com/CityAlumni Twitter @cityalumni LinkedIn city-alumni-linked-in-groups Cass: Facebook www.facebook.com/cassbusinessschoolalumni Alumni Twitter @cass_alumni LinkedIn community.city.ac.uk/cass/linkedin-directory Find out more www.city.ac.uk/alumni SCHOOL of Arts & Social Sciences

46 City, University of London www.city.ac.uk 47 Undergraduate Prospectus 2020/21

Forhad Ahmed The School of Arts & Social Sciences has a world-class Economics BSc, third year City has enabled me to pursue my passions and reputation for providing dynamic, inspiring and rigorous gain valuable, life-changing experiences year on year. I have enjoyed learning the theoretical . Academic staff at the School backdrop to the economy and which variables affect it through economic models that shape the are highly regarded in their fields and the research they world we live in. I recently worked as a summer analyst at a FTSE 250-listed broker. I enjoy undertake regularly informs academic debate and policy the regulatory and risk modelling aspects of economics and wish to pursue them in my future at regional, national and international levels. career as they can shape the future of finance. School of Arts & Social Sciences

Degrees offered 50 Criminology BSc 52 Criminology and Psychology BSc 54 Criminology and Sociology BSc 56 Economics BSc 58 Economics with Accounting BSc 60 English BA 62 Financial Economics BSc 64 History BA Helena Hicks 66 History and Politics BA Journalism BA, second year 68 International Political Economy BSc 70 International Politics BSc I chose to study at City because of its diverse and dynamic approach to teaching, as well as the state-of- 72 International Politics and Sociology BSc the-art facilities in the Department of Journalism. Since 74 Journalism BA day one, we’ve been immersed in real-life scenarios to 76 Media, Communication and Sociology BSc make us the best journalists we can be. We’re constantly 78 Music BMus networking with professionals in the industry who 80 Music, Sound and Technology BSc deliver interactive seminars and talks to enhance our 82 Politics BSc pool of contacts. After I graduate, I hope to have a career 84 Psychology BSc in motorsport media, in particular Formula 1. With City, 86 Sociology BSc I am already on my path to achieve this. 88 Sociology with Psychology BSc 48 City, University of London www.city.ac.uk 49 Undergraduate Prospectus 2020/21

The School offers undergraduate degrees in the Research excellence at the The next step Media, Communication and Sociology: Media, following areas: Economics; English; History; Communication and Sociology is a diverse course, School of Arts & Social Sciences Choosing an undergraduate degree is one of the most International Politics; Politics; Journalism; Music; with a modern approach to current debates in the media important decisions a student will make. The pages Psychology and Sociology (including Media and Academic staff at the School are engaged in diverse and an in-depth study of contemporary issues and the that follow provide detailed information on each of the Communication and Criminology). This diverse range fields of research and their work shapes scholarly debate, social, economic, political and policy context of media degrees offered, including overviews of course structures, of degrees, combined with a community of students informs understanding of the world and influences and communications. Students gain an advanced entry requirements and career opportunities. Here is a from all over the world, creates a stimulating and policy and practice at national and international levels. understanding of recent developments and learn the short overview of what to expect from undergraduate vibrant environment for study. The Department of Psychology, for example, combines methodological approaches and tools to research study in the School’s various fields of expertise: research with clinical practice, resulting in world-leading effectively in the field. Preparing for the future scholarship on autism, cognitive neuroscience, human Criminology: Criminology is concerned with Our music degrees will develop your creative, memory and behavioural economics. The department understanding all aspects of crime, crime control and Music: City’s central London location means that students technical, performance, theoretical and intellectual also engages in practice-based research on occupational, criminal justice, including: the nature and extent of enjoy easy access to the industries and professions skills and knowledge, while introducing you to a health and counselling psychology. crime in society; its causes, consequences and possible they hope to enter upon graduation. Economics wide range of musics and preparing you for life In International Politics, academic staff have been solutions; the prevalence and distribution of crime students, for example, have undertaken work beyond university. We offer an innovative, exciting invited to inform parliamentary committees about topics victims and offenders across social groups; the workings placements at Goldman Sachs and HM Treasury. An and interdisciplinary approach to the study of music, including the Middle East peace process and global tax and effectiveness of the criminal justice system; how outstanding Careers Service, industrial connections, which blends theory and practice and combines avoidance. Economics research is structured around crime policy is developed and evaluated; and future practice-based learning, placements, volunteering excellent graduate prospects, exceptional academics

six main research groups: behavioural, competition trends in crime and crime control. School of Arts & Social Sciences Introduction opportunities and a mentoring scheme all help and outstanding facilities within a supportive musical students prepare for their professional lives. Many and regulatory policy, health, migration, finance Economics: Economics is the study of production, community in a central London location. students at the School are involved in student media, and macroeconomics. The Department of Sociology distribution and consumption. Microeconomics including television and radio programmes and a is responsible for the European Social Survey, which The study of issues investigates the behaviour of individual agents in Politics and International Politics: monthly magazine. measures attitudes, beliefs and behaviour in more than such as poverty, terrorism, conflict, human rights, the specific markets, while macroeconomics studies the 30 nations. Arts students learn from academics who have environment, economic development, markets and states consequences of that behaviour for the economy as had distinguished careers in their professions, whether and political systems in different countries and regions of a whole. Undergraduate degrees typically involve a as television producers at the BBC, globally acclaimed the world makes joining this department a very exciting series of core theory modules and the opportunity music composers and performers, or record producers and prospect. Graduate skills are of direct relevance to a to specialise in areas such as industrial, financial, festival managers, while also conducting world-leading wide range of professions, including: teaching, research, health, labour and monetary economics. research in journalism, music and the cultural sector. government or Civil Service, media, journalism, non- The School’s results in the Research Excellence Framework English: Cityʼs distinctive BA English degree offers a governmental organisations and global finance. (REF) 2014 showed a substantial rise in the proportion of broad curriculum encompassing English literature, Psychology: Psychology is the understanding of human world-leading (4-star) or internationally excellent (3-star) English language and creative writing. Students behaviour through the scientific study of the mind and research across a range of subjects. encounter and analyse literary texts reflecting different brain: what stimulates us, how we learn to perceive historical and cultural contexts while developing the and understand the world, how we interact, how we language skills needed to generate multiple forms of behave and misbehave and how we can sometimes writing. They also explore the creative, professional make mistakes. Successful graduates possess strong and digital practices which rely on excellence in quantitative, analytical and independent thinking skills English in spoken, written and multimedia forms. and take a critical, evidence-based approach to theories History: City’s BA History course explores the and common-sense ideas. events, forces and ideas that have shaped modern Sociology is concerned with understanding and international history. Students develop a strong Sociology: societies and the social forces that shape human understanding of major political, cultural, social and lives: how individuals participate in social groups, economic forces that have shaped the world. Our course how those groups interact with each other and how focuses on future career pathways and allows students to participation and interaction affect their members. explore a range of options available from a History degree. Studying Sociology at degree level requires the Journalism: Journalism is concerned with the clear development of strong quantitative and qualitative communication of information and ideas. This course analysis, writing and communication skills. provides students with a firm grasp of a wide range of multimedia platforms. These technologies, both old and new, affect how stories are identified, researched and presented. Students develop enduring journalistic attributes, including a critical understanding of historical background, analytical ability and intellectual Saule Boguzaite curiosity, inherent in a university education. Music, Sound and Technology BSc, third year Find out more I started researching undergraduate courses long before www.city.ac.uk/arts-social-sciences I was due to start university. Visiting an Open Day at City secured my choice with no hesitation. My course The information on these pages is correct at time of combines research and critical analysis with a hands- print (February 2019). However, this prospectus only on, practical approach. It has taught me how to study provides an overview of the content and structure and write on an undergraduate level, as well as the of our degree courses, all of which are honours importance of community. I am confident that I have degrees. Certain details are subject to change and obtained the skills to fulfil my creative output and students should refer to our website for a full list of intend to pursue a master’s degree in sound studies. the courses on offer at the School of Arts & Social Sciences and the most current and comprehensive information about any course you are interested in. 50 City, University of London www.city.ac.uk 51 Undergraduate Prospectus 2020/21 Criminology BSc Placements and study abroad Q-Step opportunities available Centre teaches students The BSc Criminology explores the complex who join to interpret and and interconnected issues of crime, criminal analyse data behaviour and criminal justice.

The course draws on the expertise of Year three UCAS code Career opportunities academics experienced in investigating crime, Year three modules allow students to study This course enables students to 4T82 policing, victims, media representations current issues that draw upon the research develop the methodological expertise of crime, youth crime and much more. The Duration excellence of our department. The availability to analyse crime and justice data and course considers how crime is defined, 3 years or 4 years with one of the two of modules is subject to some change in line the analytical capability to identify how criminality, victimisation and crime optional sandwich year routes: a with changing staff research profiles. and engage with key criminal justice School of Arts & Social BSc Sciences Criminology control relate to social issues such as class, work placement year or study abroad Year three core modules currently include: policy debates. Students develop specific gender, ethnicity, politics and the economy year, to be undertaken between years skills relevant to several professions and why crime and justice have become — Criminology dissertation two and three of the course. concerned with criminal justice and crime defining issues for contemporary society. — Policing reduction, including the police, prisons, This innovative and professionally oriented — Youth crime. Entry requirements offender management, youth justice degree is designed and delivered by academics Typical requirements: and community safety. A particular who are internationally acknowledged The Department of Sociology, which houses A-level: ABB. strength of the BSc Criminology is that as leading academics in their field. Criminology, offers many electives in the degree has a wide choice of elective Tariff: 128 UCAS tariff points relation to our research specialisms and A particular strength of the BSc Criminology modules which increase employability (typically ABB). we also have links with other departments is that the degree is part of the City Q-Step across the social sciences, allowing students in a range of fields upon graduation. BTEC: DDM. Centre, a centre of excellence devoted to to opt in to their modules as some of their developing undergraduate social scientists’ electives. Topics include: media and culture, IB: 30 points overall, including a minimum data literacy and quantitative methods skills. of 5.0 from three Higher Level subjects. celebrity and society, gender, security, work, politics and power, psychology, religion and In addition, the following is required: Course structure race. This leaves students with a wide range GCSE: A minimum of grade 4/grade C Year one of elective modules, helping them specialise in English and Mathematics. Core modules include: in a particular area of criminology. — Criminology English language requirements Opportunities for work IELTS: 6.5 overall with a minimum — Criminal justice of 6.0 in each component. — Research@CitySociology placements and study abroad — Lies, damned lies and statistics Students can spend four years completing Other courses you may like — Producing social data their degree by undertaking a work placement Criminology and Sociology BSc between years two and three. The degree — Researching society. Media, Communication and Sociology BSc awarded is BSc Criminology with Integrated Year two Professional Training. Supported by Sociology BSc City Q-Step Centre Core modules include: Students can also spend four years completing Sociology with Psychology BSc — Violence their degree by undertaking a study abroad City Q-Step Centre is one of 15 Q-Step — Key issues in criminology year between years two and three. The degree Centres nationwide. Q-Step is a prestigious — Penology awarded would be BSc Criminology with Study and innovative programme. It is designed — Personality and differential psychology Abroad. In the past, students have studied at to develop students’ research techniques — Gender, crime and justice. universities including Groningen University, and employability by enhancing education Netherlands; the University of Queensland, in quantitative data analysis, ranging Australia; Northeastern University, USA; and from data literacy to advanced skills. For the most current and comprehensive Seoul National University, South Korea. information about this course, please visit As part of City Q-Step Centre all students our website. We accept a range of other on the Criminology course have the qualifications. Please refer to the Applying opportunity to apply to a specialist pathway: to City section at the back of this prospectus. BSc Criminology with Quantitative Methods (subject to approval) at the end of their first Course webpage year. Students on the pathway undertake a www.city.ac.uk/scri data placement in their second year of study.

Enquiries Email: [email protected] Telephone: +44 (0) 20 7040 8716 52 City, University of London www.city.ac.uk 53 Undergraduate Prospectus 2020/21

Criminology and rd Psychology BSc BPS 3 accredited in London for Psychology (Guardian University Guide 2019) (British Psychological This interdisciplinary, BPS-accredited degree provides Society) course a solid foundation in both psychology and criminology.

The BSc Criminology and Psychology is Year two UCAS code Opportunities for work offered within two strong, research-based The second year advances knowledge of core L3C8 placements and study abroad departments. Led by psychologists in the psychology subjects to meet the requirements Students can spend four years completing Duration Department of Psychology, students receive for British Psychological Society (BPS) in-depth education on a broad range of their degree by undertaking a work placement 3 years or 4 years with one of the two accreditations and deepens understanding topics within the discipline of psychology, between years two and three. The degree optional sandwich year routes: a of key topics in criminology. including the application of psychological awarded is BSc Criminology and Psychology work placement year or study abroad Core modules include: knowledge in a range of professional areas. with Integrated Professional Training. year, to be undertaken between years — Biological psychology Alongside foundations in psychology, Students can also spend four years completing two and three of the course. — Cognitive psychology 1 criminological subjects are led by their degree by undertaking a study abroad Entry requirements criminologists in the Department of — Cognitive psychology 2 year between years two and three. The Typical requirements: Sociology. Across a range of modules — Developmental psychology degree awarded would be BSc Criminology A-level: AAB. students explore theoretical and applied — Personality and differential psychology and Psychology with Study Abroad. In the School of Arts & Social Sciences Criminology and Psychology BSc approaches to the understanding of crime, — Research methods in psychology past, students have studied at universities Tariff: 136 UCAS tariff points including: IE University, Spain; the University explanations of criminal behaviour and — Social psychology (typically AAB). issues in contemporary criminal justice. of Queensland, Australia; Northeastern — Key issues in criminology. University, USA; and Seoul National BTEC: DDD. A wide range of transferable skills, including Year three University, South Korea. IB: 30 points overall, including a minimum a solid education in research methodology, of 5.0 from three Higher Level subjects. is incorporated into the course to further Final-year students conduct their own Career opportunities enhance employment prospects. research project and select six modules. In addition, the following is required: Modules will be selected from both psychology The interdisciplinary nature of this GCSE: A minimum of grade 4/grade C Course structure and criminology disciplines. The availability Criminology and Psychology degree gives graduates a well-rounded profile and in English and Mathematics. Year one of modules is subject to some change in line with changing staff research profiles. uniquely qualifies them for employment in English language requirements The first year introduces the main areas of psychologist roles within criminal justice Elective modules include: IELTS: 6.5 overall with a minimum psychology: cognition, development, biology institutions (e.g., the Home Office, Ministry of 6.0 in each component. and the history of psychological theories, — Applied psychology in clinical practice of Justice, police forces) and third sector as well as key theories and concepts of — Introduction to counselling psychology organisations that work with victims or Other courses you may like criminology and criminal justice. In addition, — Judgment and decision-making offenders. The solid methodological education Psychology BSc a specialist module focuses on the education — Memory and the law acquired through this degree is highly and skills needed to pursue a degree and a desirable for research and policymaking Criminology BSc career as a professional psychologist. — Psychological illnesses, brain damage and dreams roles within criminal justice organisations Criminology and Sociology BSc Core modules include: — Social perception and the third sector, as well as think tanks and research organisations working on Sociology with Psychology BSc — Biological approaches to mind — Topics in cognitive neuroscience and behaviour the topics of crime and criminal justice. — Forensic psychology — Cognitive approaches to mind Furthermore, this BPS-accredited degree gives and behaviour — Policing a graduate basis for chartered membership — History and theory of psychology — Crime and media. required to become a Chartered Psychologist — Lifespan psychology in any field of psychology including, but not limited to, criminal psychology. For the most current and comprehensive — Research design and analysis information about this course, please visit (laboratory methods) Accreditation our website. We accept a range of other — Research design and analysis qualifications. Please refer to the Applying (quantitative methods) British Psychological Society accreditation leads to a Graduate Basis for Registration to City section at the back of this prospectus. — Criminology of the BPS (GBR) if graduates obtain at — Criminal justice. Course webpage least a lower second class www.city.ac.uk/scrp and successfully complete the psychology project in the third year of their degree. Enquiries Email: [email protected] Telephone: +44 (0) 20 7040 8716 54 City, University of London www.city.ac.uk 55 Undergraduate Prospectus 2020/21 Criminology and Sociology BSc Placements and study abroad Q-Step This joint course considers how crime is defined, how criminality, opportunities available Centre teaches students victimisation and crime control relate to social issues such as class, who join to interpret and gender, ethnicity, politics and the economy and why crime and justice analyse data have become defining issues for contemporary society.

The BSc Criminology and Sociology Year two UCAS code Opportunities for work also includes analysis of society and our Core modules include: L390 placements and study abroad roles within it. It examines institutions, — Key issues in criminology organisations and power and is concerned Students may study for between one and Duration — Penology with the ways in which social relations three terms at a partner institution in 3 years or 4 years with one of the two between people emerge, are sustained — Quantitative methods. Europe through the British Council Erasmus optional sandwich year routes: a and change. Students have the opportunity Students must then choose at least two core scheme. Students on the course have the work placement year or study abroad to study topics that include family life, elective modules from: opportunity to undertake a work placement year, to be undertaken between years identity, work, race, class, migration, between the second and third years. two and three of the course. — Understanding social change gender, popular culture, urban living, — Sociology of race and racism food, media and the virtual world. Career opportunities Entry requirements — Culture and society

This course enables students to develop the School of Arts & Social Sciences Criminology and Sociology BSc Typical requirements: The course develops students’ appreciation — Contemporary social theory. methodological expertise to analyse social A-level: ABB. of the complex interplay between local and global forces and their relationship to social Year three data and the analytical capability to identify Tariff: 128 UCAS tariff points processes, with particular reference to life in Year three modules allow students to study and engage with crime and social policy (typically ABB). the 21st century metropolis of London. current issues that draw upon the research debates. The degree’s affiliation with the City Q-Step Centre ensures that graduates BTEC: DDM. This innovative degree is designed and excellence of our department. The availability possess strong data literacy and quantitative delivered by academics whose research is of modules is subject to some change in IB: 30 points overall, including a minimum methods skills, which are highly sought recognised as world-leading in the field. line with changing staff research profiles. of 5.0 from three Higher Level subjects. in sectors concerned with criminal justice Research informs its content and students Year three modules currently include: and crime reduction, including the police, In addition, the following is required: develop the skills to conduct their own Core module: prisons, offender management, youth justice GCSE: A minimum of grade 4/grade C in research into crime and society, accompanied — Sociology dissertation. and community safety and sectors as diverse English and Mathematics. by a range of other transferable skills. Core elective modules: as government, education, market research English language requirements A particular strength of the BSc Criminology — Youth crime organisations, the not-for-profit sector, the and Sociology is that the degree is part IELTS: 6.5 overall with a minimum — Criminal behaviour financial sector and the news media. of the City Q-Step Centre, a centre of of 6.0 in each component. excellence devoted to developing the data — Policing. Other courses you may like literacy and quantitative methods skills The Department of Sociology, which houses Criminology BSc of undergraduate social scientists. Criminology, offers many electives in relation to our research specialisms and we also have Supported by Media, Communication and Sociology BSc Course structure links with other departments across the City Q-Step Centre Sociology BSc Year one social sciences, allowing students to opt in City Q-Step Centre is one of 15 Q-Step Core modules include: to their modules as some of their electives. Sociology with Psychology BSc These include: media and culture, celebrity Centres nationwide. Q-Step is a prestigious — Criminology and society, gender, security, work, politics and innovative programme. It is designed — Criminal justice and power, psychology, religion and race. to develop students’ research techniques — Research@CitySociology This leaves students with a wide range of and employability by enhancing education — Researching society elective modules, helping them specialise in in quantitative data analysis, ranging — Classical social theory a particular area of sociology or criminology. from data literacy to advanced skills. For the most current and comprehensive — Lies, damned lies and statistics As part of City Q-Step Centre all students information about this course, please visit — Producing social data. on the Criminology and Sociology course our website. We accept a range of other have the opportunity to apply to a specialist qualifications. Please refer to the Applying pathway: BSc Criminology and Sociology with to City section at the back of this prospectus. Quantitative Methods (subject to approval) at the end of their first year. Students on the Course webpage pathway undertake a data placement in their www.city.ac.uk/scrs second year of study.

Enquiries Email: [email protected] Telephone: +44 (0) 20 7040 8716 56 City, University of London www.city.ac.uk 57 Undergraduate Prospectus 2020/21

BSc Economics Enhanced CVs This is a flexible degree that provides a range of future career through placement, £25,214 and study choices. The structure and content of the degree professional mentoring and average starting have been designed to strengthen students’ understanding of study abroad opportunities salary from this course key concepts and tools in economics and to highlight the link after six months between theory and real-world applications. (DLHE 2016/17)

In this BSc Economics course, we break down Year two UCAS code Opportunities for work the broader subject of economics into specific The second year builds on these foundations L100 placements, professional concepts and theories and allow students the with intermediate-level core modules. Duration opportunity to study more specialised subject Students can also see how economics is mentoring and study abroad areas as they advance into their final year. applied to areas of interest by choosing Students can spend four years completing

3 years or 4 years with one of the two School of Arts & Social Sciences Economics BSc optional sandwich year routes: a Of the three undergraduate economics courses from elective modules in global financial their degree by undertaking a work placement work placement year or study abroad we offer at City, this degree offers the greatest markets, international , intermediate between years two and three. The degree year, to be undertaken between years flexibility in terms of future choices regarding mathematical methods and public economics. awarded is BSc Economics with Integrated two and three of the course. career and postgraduate study. Core modules include: Professional Training. Former students have undertaken their placement year at Students develop a range of transferable skills, — Intermediate macroeconomics Entry requirements organisations including the Department for disciplinary knowledge and an understanding — Intermediate microeconomics Work and Pensions, Goldman Sachs, HM Typical requirements: of economics, delivered by research-active — Introductory econometrics Treasury and RBS Group. A-level: AAB-ABB. experts in the field. — Intermediate econometrics. Alternatively, students can participate in Tariff: 136-128 UCAS tariff points. Course structure Year three the Micro-Placements Programme during the summer. There is also the opportunity to take BTEC: DDD. Year one The final year deepens the knowledge part in the Professional Mentoring Programme IB: 30 points overall, including a minimum and skills acquired in the intermediate The first year lays the analytical and conceptual during the second or third year of study. Both of 5.0 from three Higher Level subjects. level modules with an emphasis on core foundations of economics with examples of real- programmes provide valuable opportunities modules: Applied Econometrics and In addition, the following is required: world applications of economics to important to explore career options and enhance Financial Economics. There is a rich fundamental problems. students’ CVs. GCSE: A minimum of grade 6/grade B in selection of economics electives including: Mathematics and grade 4/grade C in English. Core modules include: — Behavioural economics Students can also spend four years completing — Data analysis (two modules) their degree by undertaking a study abroad English language requirements — Industrial organisation — Introduction to macroeconomics year between years two and three. The degree IELTS: 6.5 overall with a minimum — Labour economics — Introduction to microeconomics awarded would be BSc Economics with Study of 6.0 in each component. — Topics in behavioural economics. — Topics in applied macroeconomics Abroad. Previously, students have studied Other courses you may like — Topics in applied microeconomics. In the third year we currently offer 14 at universities including Bocconi University, Economics with Accounting BSc elective modules to choose from, to fully Italy; University of Bologna, Italy; Universitat Students are enrolled in two post-GCSE allow our students to specialise in their Autònoma de Barcelona, Spain; University Financial Economics BSc mathematics modules or in two post-A-level own area of interest. These include: of Konstanz, Germany; the University mathematics modules depending on their — Advanced quantitative economics of Queensland, Australia; Northeastern International Political Economy BSc previous background in mathematics. — Development economics University, USA; and Seoul National University, South Korea. — Labour economics — Company law Career opportunities — . Economics graduates have the professional Assessment is usually by means of coursework skills and experience that employers demand. and unseen examination. Coursework may Recent Economics graduates from City have consist of standard essays, individual and gone on to further study in economics, group presentations, group reports, classwork, For the most current and comprehensive business, finance and management at London unseen tests and problem sets. information about this course, please visit School of Economics, the School of Oriental our website. We accept a range of other and African Studies (SOAS) and the University qualifications. Please refer to the Applying of . Recent employment destinations to City section at the back of this prospectus. include Barclays Bank, Barclays Wealth and , Bloomberg, Deloitte, Course webpage Government Economic Service and PwC. www.city.ac.uk/suec

Enquiries Email: [email protected] Telephone: +44 (0) 20 7040 8716 58 City, University of London www.city.ac.uk 59 Undergraduate Prospectus 2020/21 Economics with Accounting BSc Modules ACCA in accountancy accredited degree course The BSc Economics with Accounting develops students’ analytical are delivered by and quantitative abilities in economics while providing them with Cass Business School the opportunity to prepare for a career in accounting.

Economics with Accounting prepares Year three UCAS code Opportunities for work students for a career in accountancy by The final year refines the knowledge and skills LN14 placements, professional providing them with strong methodological developed in the introductory and intermediate Duration and conceptual foundations through extensive subject areas. An accountancy background mentoring and study abroad study of economics. 3 years or 4 years with one of the two can be strengthened by core modules covering Students can spend four years completing optional sandwich year routes: a The course provides a wide variety of topics related to accountancy and financial their degree by undertaking a work work placement year or study abroad transferable skills that are invaluable when management, including a module in company placement between years two and three. year, to be undertaken between years seeking employment. Modules in accountancy law. The final year also offers a small number The degree awarded is BSc Economics with two and three of the course. are delivered at Cass Business School. of elective economics modules so students can Accounting with Integrated Professional Training. Former students have undertaken Successful completion of this degree gives pursue their own academic interests or prepare Entry requirements placements at organisations including multiple exemptions from professional for a specific career or postgraduate study. Typical requirements: Goldman Sachs, HM Treasury and RBS Group. licensing examinations with several Core modules include: School of Arts & Social Sciences Economics with Accounting BSc A-level: AAB-ABB. prestigious accountancy bodies. — Applied econometrics Students can also take part in schemes such Tariff: 136-128 UCAS tariff points. — Company law as the Micro-Placement Programme over Course structure — Corporate finance the summer or the Professional Mentoring BTEC: DDD. Year one — Advanced financial accounting theory Programme in their second or third year. IB: 30 points overall, including a minimum The first year lays the foundations of both and practice Students can also spend four years completing of 5.0 from three Higher Level subjects. economics and accounting. — Financial management their degree by undertaking a study abroad In addition, the following is required: Core modules include: — Management accounting year between years two and three. The degree GCSE: A minimum of grade 6/grade B in — Data analysis — Financial analysis. awarded would be BSc Economics with Accounting with Study Abroad. Previous Mathematics and grade 4/grade C in English. — Introduction to financial accounting Elective modules include: — Introduction to management accounting students have studied at universities English language requirements — Industrial organisation including Bocconi University, Italy; IELTS: 6.5 overall with a minimum — Introduction to law — Money and banking Universitat Autònoma de Barcelona, Spain; of 6.0 in each component. — Introduction to macroeconomics — Behavioural economics the University of Queensland, Australia; and — Introduction to microeconomics. Seoul National University, South Korea. Other courses you may like — Financial economics. Students are enrolled in two post-GCSE Economics BSc Assessment is usually by means of coursework Career opportunities mathematics modules or in two post-A-level and unseen examination. Coursework may Financial Economics BSc mathematics modules depending on their consist of standard essays, individual and Graduates in Economics with Accounting are previous background in mathematics. International Political Economy BSc group presentations, group reports, classwork, in demand in many professions and industries unseen tests and problem sets. including economic consulting, accounting, Year two business, banking, telecommunications, The second year builds on these foundations fund management, management consultancy, with additional core modules, as students insurance, development consultancy, the Civil prepare for specialisation in the final year. Service and teaching. Recent destinations Core modules include: include Hitachi Capital, Deloitte, KPMG LLP, — Financial accounting 2 KPMG Corporate Audit, EY, PwC, HW Fisher — Intermediate macroeconomics & Company, Lombard UK, Wells Fargo, an MSc in Economics at the — Intermediate microeconomics For the most current and comprehensive and a PhD at the . information about this course, please visit — Introductory econometrics our website. We accept a range of other — Intermediate econometrics. Accreditation qualifications. Please refer to the Applying The main professional bodies in accountancy to City section at the back of this prospectus. – the Association of Chartered Certified Course webpage Accountants (ACCA), the Chartered Institute www.city.ac.uk/seca of Management Accountants (CIMA) and the Institute of Chartered Accountants in Enquiries England and Wales (ICAEW) – all accredit this Email: [email protected] course and award a range of exemptions from Telephone: +44 (0) 20 7040 8716 professional accountancy examinations. 60 City, University of London www.city.ac.uk 61 Undergraduate Prospectus 2020/21 English BA Three Work core strands: Literature, placements This course gives students a range of creative, professional and Creative Writing are an elective module. You and Professional Skills literary-analytical skills and an informed and critical understanding can gain university credits of writing in English across time and around the world. and relevant experience

The BA English degree allows students Year three UCAS code Course structure both to study English literature and learn In the third year, students choose from Q300 Year one how to apply writing and analytical skills a broad selection of optional modules, In the first year, students learn about the rich Duration in a range of creative and professional reflecting current trends in literary scholarship School of Arts & Social BA Sciences English contexts, including their own creative history of English literature in and beyond the 3 years or 4 years with one of the two and in applied disciplines such as journalism writing (fiction and non-fiction). At City, British Isles, while beginning to develop their optional sandwich year routes: a and publishing. Students also complete at least English literature is treated as something skills in critical and creative writing. work placement year or study abroad one 30-credit major project module. diverse, global and constantly evolving. Core modules include: year, to be undertaken between years Core modules include: — Fundamentals of analysis and criticism two and three of the course. The course encourages students to: read — Major project: dissertation widely, especially in the literature of — Literature in historical context — Major project: professional portfolio Entry requirements London and the world; analyse and produce — Forms and performances of creative writing — Major project: creative writing. Typical requirements: narratives in various forms and in different — Developing creative and professional A-level: BBB. media; and design their own creative, narratives Elective modules include: professional and analytical projects. — Literary journalism Tariff: 120 UCAS tariff points — The novel, authorship and creativity (typically BBB). Core modules introduce and analyse literature — Postcolonialism. — Writing women in a range of forms, including the practice — Place and space Year two BTEC: DDM. and performance of creative writing and the — Publishing in the digital age use of English in professional contexts. The IB: 29 points overall, including a minimum The second year deepens the course’s — Intercultural studies course has a striking and innovative range of scholarly content while allowing of 5.0 from two Higher Level subjects. — American screenwriters assessments, including portfolios, showcases students to develop further skills in In addition, the following is required: and creative and professional projects, literary analysis, creative writing and — Gender, sexuality and the media GCSE: A minimum of grade 4/grade C alongside traditional literary essays and professional writing. The availability of — Digital cultures in English and Mathematics. examinations. Students engage with current modules is subject to some change in line — Celebrity and society. debates in literary scholarship while also with changing staff research profiles. English language requirements developing a range of applied skills designed Core modules include: Opportunities for study abroad IELTS: 7.0 overall with a minimum to benefit their future lives and careers. of 6.0 in each component. — Shakespeare: authorship, dramatic Study abroad may be possible on this course texts and audiences at institutions with which City, University of Other courses you may like — 21 st century English and digital writing London has an agreed partnership in place. Journalism BA — Creative writing workshop. Career opportunities Sociology BSc Elective modules include: City’s BA English course produces graduates Media, Communication and Sociology BSc — Contemporary genre fiction with a unique blend of intellectual and — Romanticism creative skills combined with experience — Reading London relating to the application of the English — Work placement language in contemporary culture. Delivered — Web design and digital storytelling through world-class, research-informed learning, the course prepares students for a — Humanitarian reporting range of possible career options, including — Sports journalism journalism, creative writing, publishing and For the most current and comprehensive — New media challenges literary agencies, library science, digital information about this course, please visit — News and society. media companies and agencies, charities and our website. We accept a range of other English language teaching or translation. qualifications. Please refer to the Applying to City section at the back of this prospectus.

Course webpage www.city.ac.uk/aeng

Enquiries Email: [email protected] Telephone: +44 (0) 20 7040 8716 62 City, University of London www.city.ac.uk 63 Undergraduate Prospectus 2020/21 Financial Economics BSc Enhanced CVs Cutting-edge through placement, core modules such as professional mentoring Global Financial Markets, This degree was developed to meet the need for highly skilled and study abroad Financial Derivatives and professionals combining a specific knowledge of financial institutions opportunities Corporate Finance and markets with the analytical abilities of a trained .

The course aims to develop students’ Year two UCAS code Opportunities for work analytical abilities in economics, with The second year allows students to develop L111 placements, professional particular reference to finance. Successful their core skills through intermediate-level Duration completion is a signal to prospective courses. Students can also begin to specialise mentoring and study abroad employers of graduates’ sound knowledge 3 years or 4 years with one of the two optional in financial topics. Students can spend four years completing and understanding of the macroeconomic sandwich year routes: a work placement Core modules include: their degree by undertaking a work placement and microeconomic principles underlying year or study abroad year, to be undertaken between years two and three. The degree various types of financial markets and — Global financial markets between years two and three of the course. awarded is BSc Financial Economics with instruments. Students can broaden their — Intermediate macroeconomics Integrated Professional Training. Former Entry requirements horizons through placement year schemes — Intermediate microeconomics students have undertaken their placement year School of Arts & Social Sciences Financial Economics BSc Typical requirements: and by participating in the activities of — Intermediate mathematical methods at organisations including the Department the student-led Economics Society. A-level: AAB (including Mathematics — Introductory econometrics for Work and Pensions, Goldman Sachs, HM at grade B or higher). — Intermediate econometrics. Treasury and RBS Group. Course structure Alternatively, students can participate in the Tariff: 136 UCAS tariff points Year one Year three Micro-Placements Programme during the (typically AAB). The first year lays the analytical and The final year deepens the knowledge summer. There is also the opportunity to take BTEC: DD with an A-level grade B conceptual foundations of economics and skills developed in the intermediate part in the Professional Mentoring Programme in Mathematics. with modules covering examples of the level modules with an emphasis on during the second or third year of study. Both real-world application of economics to advanced financial economics modules programmes provide valuable opportunities IB: 30 points overall, including a minimum important fundamental problems. and applied econometrics. to explore career options and enhance of 5.0 from three Higher Level subjects. Core modules include: Core modules include: students' CVs. In addition, the following is required: — Data analysis — Applied econometrics Students can also spend four years completing GCSE: A minimum of grade 6/grade B — Introduction to macroeconomics — Financial economics their degree by undertaking a study abroad in English and Mathematics. — Introduction to microeconomics — Money and banking year between years two and three. The degree awarded would be BSc Financial Economics English language requirements — Introduction to financial derivatives — Topics in applied macroeconomics with Study Abroad. In the past, students have IELTS: 6.5 overall with a minimum — Topics in applied microeconomics — Corporate finance. studied at universities including Bocconi of 6.0 in each component. — Post-A-level mathematics for . Elective modules include: University, Italy; University of Bologna, Other courses you may like — Advanced quantitative economics Italy; Universitat Autònoma de Barcelona, Economics BSc — Development economics Spain; University of Konstanz, Germany; — Labour economics. the University of Queensland, Australia; Economics with Accounting BSc Northeastern University, USA; and Seoul Assessment is usually by means of coursework National University, South Korea. International Political Economy BSc and unseen examination. Coursework may consist of standard essays, individual and Career opportunities group presentations, group reports, classwork, unseen tests and problem sets. Graduates in Financial Economics are in demand in professions such as accountancy, management consultancy, finance, banking, insurance, the Civil Service, teaching, central For the most current and comprehensive such as the Bank of England and information about this course, please visit international bodies like the World Bank and our website. We accept a range of other the International Monetary Fund. Recent qualifications. Please refer to the Applying graduates have also gone on to further study to City section at the back of this prospectus. in institutions including the Universities of Cambridge and Glasgow. Course webpage www.city.ac.uk/sfie

Enquiries Email: [email protected] Telephone: +44 (0) 20 7040 8716 64 City, University of London www.city.ac.uk 65 Undergraduate Prospectus 2020/21

History BA Digital history Your future Investigate the intersection Discover a wide range of between history and career options and vital The BA History degree at City, University of London new technology through professional skills will particularly appeal to ambitious students interested a cutting-edge curriculum in modern and international history.

The course has been designed to develop Year two UCAS code Opportunities for work a strong understanding of major political, Second-year modules examine the ideas V100 placements and study abroad cultural, social and economic forces that have and ideologies that have shaped the modern

Students can spend four years completing School of Arts & Social Sciences History BA Duration shaped the world and to explore the exciting world and broaden historical knowledge. new world of digital history. Students work their degree by undertaking a work placement 3 years or 4 years with one of the two Students can begin to apply historical closely with world-class academics and benefit between years two and three. The degree optional sandwich year routes: a research skills beyond the lecture theatre and from innovative modules that develop an in- focus on professional skills development. awarded is a BA History with Integrated work placement year or study abroad depth understanding of the subject, alongside Professional Training. Former City students year, to be undertaken between years transferable skills for a professional career. Core modules: have undertaken their placement year at two and three of the course. — Ideas in history Studying in a multicultural institution in the organisations including GlaxoSmithKline Entry requirements heart of London, students on this course take — Living history: group project. and the Walt Disney Company. Typical requirements: a journey through key historical developments Elective modules include: Students can also spend four years in a range of nations, societies and cultures A-level: BBB. — Modern Germany: from Bismarck to Merkel completing their degree by undertaking a and explore transnational interactions and study abroad year between years two and — Culture of benevolence: philanthropy and Tariff: 120 UCAS tariff points. globalising influences over time. Students three. The degree awarded would be BA gain extensive experience in the tools civil society from 1601 to the present BTEC: DDM. History with Study Abroad. City students and techniques of historical research and — Fifty shades of red: history can study at universities including Sciences IB: 29 points overall, including a minimum engage in independent research projects. of modern Russia Po, France; Pompeu Fabra University, Spain; of 5.0 from two Higher Level subjects. Academic excellence and research expertise — The American century the University of Queensland, Australia; In addition, the following is required: is reflected throughout the course, in British, — Ordering the world: International Northeastern University, USA; and Seoul American, transnational and global history. thought in the 20th century. National University, South Korea. GCSE: A minimum of grade 4/grade C in English. Course structure Year three Career opportunities English language requirements Year one Final-year students conduct a major piece of independent research on a subject of Beyond providing access to the discipline- IELTS: 6.5 overall with a minimum The first year introduces major themes chosen interest. Historical knowledge is specific body of knowledge associated with the of 6.0 in each component. and developments in world history deepened through academically rigorous study of history, this course places emphasis – from the ancient world to the modern era – on gaining expertise in research, critical Other courses you may like and develops an understanding of historical seminars and students can select from a broad range of optional modules, reflective analysis and public speaking skills, suitable International Political Economy BSc methodology and digital history. Students to many career options. History graduates are consistently supported to broaden their of diverse scholarly and applied disciplines. International Politics BSc can go on to work as lawyers, in political and knowledge and can combine elective modules Core module: human rights consultancies, international International Politics and Sociology BSc in History with a selection of interdisciplinary — History research seminar and dissertation. organisations and NGOs, teaching and modules including the topics of English, publishing. Professional development is Politics BSc international politics, psychology and sociology. Elective modules include: embedded throughout the course at all levels Core modules include: — Radicals and reformers: left-wing politics and activism in Britain to help prepare students for their future career. — The development of the modern world and the world since 1945 — Conquest, conflict and cultural — Revolution: rebels and riots encounters in world history in modern history — The bigger picture: history in — Comparative empires contemporary politics and culture — The Holocaust in history and memory For the most current and comprehensive — History in the age of digital information. information about this course, please visit — The history of things: material and our website. We accept a range of other One elective module must be chosen cultural history in the 20th century qualifications. Please refer to the Applying during the first year. The list of elective options available includes: — Women in popular music. to City section at the back of this prospectus. — From 'Rule, Britannia!' Course webpage to Brexit Britain www.city.ac.uk/hipl — Media history and politics — Europe in the 20th century. Enquiries Email: [email protected] Telephone: +44 (0) 20 7040 8716 66 City, University of London www.city.ac.uk 67 Undergraduate Prospectus 2020/21

History and Politics BA* Public policy Small group Relate your academic knowledge to contemporary teaching The History and Politics joint degree provides students international and British Learn through dedicated with the academic knowledge and skills to examine the public policy debates seminars specifically past and present of the world of politics. designed for this course

The History and Politics joint degree UCAS code Year two Opportunities for work combines the study of the historical forces Second-year students examine the ideas and VL12 placements and study abroad that have shaped the world with the analysis ideologies that have shaped the modern world, Students can spend four years completing Duration of contemporary political processes. The reflect on the interactions between history course provides a strong grounding in their degree by undertaking a work placement 3 years or 4 years with one of the two and politics, apply their academic knowledge modern history, political theory, the history between years two and three. The degree optional sandwich year routes: a to contemporary politics and public policy of ideas and the study of politics. Students and choose from a wide range of electives awarded is a BA History and Politics with work placement year or study abroad examine historical and contemporary Integrated Professional Training. Former City year, to be undertaken between years from the History and Politics courses.

political issues from transnational and students have undertaken their placement year School of Arts & Social Sciences History and Politics BA Core modules: two and three of the course. British perspectives. Through a selection of at organisations including GlaxoSmithKline — Ideas in history: from the Entry requirements History and Politics modules, core seminars and the Walt Disney Company. designed exclusively for the joint degree, Enlightenment to post-colonialism Typical requirements: Students can also spend four years completing and core content from the BA History and — History and politics in policy and practice. their degree by undertaking a study abroad A-level: BBB. BSc Politics degrees, this course emphasises Elective modules include: year between years two and three. The Tariff: 120 UCAS tariff points. interdisciplinary learning and encourages — Ordering the world: International degree awarded would be BA History and students to apply academic knowledge to thought in the 20th century Politics with Study Abroad. City students BTEC: DDM. contemporary politics and public policy. — Transnational social movements can study at universities including Sciences Po, France; Pompeu Fabra University, Spain; IB: 29 points overall, including a minimum — Violent politics. of 5.0 from two Higher Level subjects. Course structure the University of Queensland, Australia; Northeastern University, USA; and Seoul In addition, the following is required: Year one Year three First-year students are introduced to key events Final-year students conduct a major piece National University, South Korea. GCSE: A minimum of grade 4/grade C and processes in modern history, political of independent research, develop their in English. theory and political studies. They study the analytical skills in a History and Politics Career opportunities English language requirements history or politics of modern Britain, examine Research Seminar and choose from a The course develops skills in independent IELTS: 6.5 overall with a minimum of 6.0 current events from a historical perspective wide variety of specialist modules. research, critical analysis, communication, in each component. and choose from a wide range of electives on Core modules: public speaking and policy writing. Career international and transnational themes. — History and Politics Dissertation development opportunities are embedded Other courses you may like Core modules: and Research Seminar. within the course: students will engage with contemporary politics and policymakers and BA History — The development of the modern world Elective modules include: practise applying the knowledge gained on BSc Politics — Introduction to politics — Radicals and reformers: Left-wing the course in a professional context. History — Introduction to political theory BSc International Politics politics and activism in Britain and Politics graduates go on to work in fields — The bigger picture: History in and the world since 1945 such as public policy and the public sector, contemporary politics and culture — Comparative empires in the modern era in political and human rights consultancies, — From Rule, Britannia! to Brexit Britain — International politics of the Middle East law, international organisations, teaching and OR — Practical politics. publishing, museums and the heritage sector. — Politics of Britain. Elective modules include: — International relations theories — Conflict, conquest and cultural For the most current and comprehensive encounter in world history. information about this course, please visit our website. We accept a range of other qualifications. Please refer to the Applying to City section at the back of this prospectus.

Course webpage www.city.ac.uk/hipl

Enquiries *At the point of publication of this prospectus Email: [email protected] (February 2019), this course remains subject to approval. Telephone: +44 (0) 20 7040 0487 Please visit our website before applying for this course to ensure it is available for the 2020/21 academic year. 68 City, University of London www.city.ac.uk 69 Undergraduate Prospectus 2020/21

International Political Placements Economy BSc and study abroad Q-Step opportunities with Centre teaches students prestigious organisations who join to interpret and This degree investigates the disjuncture between states and analyse data markets at the heart of the global politico-economic system.

The BSc International Political Economy Year two UCAS code Opportunities for work (IPE) equips students with analytical The purpose of the second year is to give 4J80 placements and study abroad and professional knowledge of the key students the opportunity to develop the skills Students can spend four years completing Duration institutions, structures and agents of political economists. Students become at play in the world economy. conversant in key approaches to economic their degree by undertaking a work placement 3 years or 4 years with one of the two optional between years two and three. The degree The course takes advantage of a unique analysis and learn to apply their analysis to real- sandwich year routes: a work placement awarded is BSc International Political Economy cluster of first and second generation world phenomena of politico-economic interest. year or study abroad year, to be undertaken with Integrated Professional Training. Former international political economy experts between years two and three of the course. Core modules include: students have undertaken their placement year within City's Department of International — Scholarly writing at organisations including GlaxoSmithKline Entry requirements Politics. It draws from both the tradition — States and markets in an era of globalisation and the Walt Disney Company. Typical requirements: of interdisciplinary education in politics, — The global economy in the 21st century A-level: ABB. economics and international relations and Students can also spend four years completing from the study of contemporary world politics — Economics of the real world their degree by undertaking a study abroad Tariff: 128 UCAS tariff points. in order to offer a comprehensive approach — Concepts and methods in year between years two and three. The degree School of Arts & Social Sciences International Political Economy BSc BTEC: DDM. to the world economy and global change. heterodox economics. awarded would be BSc International Political Economy with Study Abroad. In the past, IB: 32 points overall, including a minimum Year three Course structure students have studied at universities including of 5.0 from three Higher Level subjects. During the final year of study, students have From the very first week of study, this course Sciences Po, France; Pompeu Fabra University, the opportunity to engage in independent In addition, the following is required: introduces academic approaches that treat Spain; the University of Queensland, Australia; research on topics of special interest. Third- GCSE: A minimum of grade 4/grade C politics, the economy and society as an Northeastern University, USA; and Seoul year modules and research projects bring in English and Mathematics or Science. integrated whole. Rigorous education in National University, South Korea. the analytical competencies developed in analytical and research skills helps students the first two years to bear on a wide range English language requirements gain a full sense of the world’s changing Career opportunities of theoretical and empirical issues in IELTS: 6.5 overall with a minimum economic and political topography. international politics and political economy. This degree is designed to meet increasing of 6.0 in each component. student demand for an interdisciplinary course Year one Core modules include: Other courses you may like that prepares graduates for both the public In their first year, students are introduced — International Political Economy project. and the private job markets. Students benefit International Politics BSc to the key issues in economics and IPE. Elective modules for all three years are from City’s competitive advantage in the The core modules cover the history of International Politics and Sociology BSc taken from across the department’s research area of IPE and the department’s close links the world economy, the key concepts in specialisms: the Middle East, governance, to businesses, institutions and think tanks. Politics BSc political economy and the basic tools of ethics, American foreign policy, human Graduates are suited to a wide range of career macroeconomics and microeconomics. Economics BSc rights and migration. We also allow students options, from the global corporate sector, History BA Core modules include: to take electives from other areas such as banking and finance to the Civil Service, — Principles of economics 1: journalism, sociology and history, allowing international diplomatic corps, global media markets and prices them to cover areas such as: gender, food and international organisations. — Principles of economics 2: policy, social identity and global finance. countries and systems Assessment is by coursework, unseen — Introduction to political economy examinations and a final-year project. Supported by — The making of the modern world economy. City Q-Step Centre For the most current and comprehensive information about this course, please visit City Q-Step Centre is one of 15 Q-Step our website. We accept a range of other Centres nationwide. Q-Step is a prestigious qualifications. Please refer to the Applying and innovative programme. It is designed to City section at the back of this prospectus. to develop students’ research techniques and employability by enhancing education Course webpage in quantitative data analysis, ranging www.city.ac.uk/sipe from data literacy to advanced skills.

Enquiries Email: [email protected] Telephone: +44 (0) 20 7040 8716 70 City, University of London www.city.ac.uk 71 Undergraduate Prospectus 2020/21 International Politics BSc Study abroad Q-Step option between Centre teaches students years two and three The BSc International Politics focuses on contemporary who join to interpret and global issues and the role of international organisations analyse data as policymaking structures.

The BSc International Politics degree is for UCAS code Course structure Opportunities for work students who want to explore contemporary Year one L240 global issues and deepen their understanding placements and study abroad The first year introduces competing Students can spend four years completing Duration of the rapid social and political changes affecting the world. This up-to-date, thought- theories and methodologies of international their degree by undertaking a work placement 3 years or 4 years with one of the two provoking curriculum enables students to politics and how power has transformed between years two and three. The degree optional sandwich year routes: a th st learn how governments, intergovernmental in the 20 and 21 centuries. awarded is BSc International Politics with work placement year or study abroad organisations, transnational movements, Core modules include: Integrated Professional Training. Former year, to be undertaken between years NGOs and multinationals influence global students have undertaken their placement year two and three of the course. — Politics and power in world history

at organisations including GlaxoSmithKline School of Arts & Social Sciences International Politics BSc politics. Students also study international — Emerging powers and the Walt Disney Company. Entry requirements organisations as policymaking structures and — Myths and mysteries in world politics Typical requirements: examine what kind of ideas, ethical concerns Students can also spend four years completing and regional considerations shape global — International relations theories A-level: BBB. their degree by undertaking a study abroad governance and key decisions around, for — Lies, damned lies and statistics year between years two and three. The degree Tariff: 128 UCAS tariff points instance, conflict, peace or economic gains. — Producing social data. awarded would be BSc International Politics (typically ABB). Crucially, students develop their analytical Students can also take electives from with Study Abroad. In the past, students have BTEC: DDM. skills to examine and critically assess complex other areas such as comparative studied at universities including Sciences issues, contested concepts and debates. politics, international political Po, France; Pompeu Fabra University, Spain; IB: 30 points overall, including a minimum the University of Queensland, Australia; In preparation for a wide range of future economy, sociology and languages. of 5.0 from three Higher Level subjects. Northeastern University, USA; and Seoul career and postgraduate study possibilities, In addition, the following is required: Year two National University, South Korea. students benefit from our location at the heart In the second year, core modules cover GCSE: A minimum of grade 4/grade C of a vibrant cosmopolitan city and within a advanced theory and research in Career opportunities in English and Mathematics. department that has: a strong international international politics. Elective modules focus; enthusiastic, approachable staff with Graduates are suited to a wide range of career English language requirements provide students with the opportunity to options, from the Civil Service, NGOs, journalism close connections with practitioners in the specialise in global political economy, IELTS: 6.5 overall with a minimum policy world; and exciting opportunities for and teaching to international law, international of 6.0 in each component. foreign policy analysis, security studies, organisations and the corporate sector. work placement and studying abroad. religion and transnational social movements. Other courses you may like The logic connecting the three years of Core modules include: study is to lay the conceptual and historical History BA — Advanced theories of global politics foundations for the study of international International Political Economy BSc politics in year one. Then, gradually, students — Scholarly writing for international politics. International Politics and Sociology BSc build up their specialist knowledge in the Students are also able to select elective following two years by understanding how modules offered in City’s BA History Politics BSc specific actors and institutions operate, course and by the departments of Sociology how ideas shaping global politics emerge and Journalism. and are contested and by exploring the Elective modules include: multifaceted political dynamics affecting — States and markets in an era of globalisation specific issues and regions of the world. — Transnational social movements Supported by — Security studies: contemporary and City Q-Step Centre For the most current and comprehensive emerging issues information about this course, please visit City Q-Step Centre is one of 15 Q-Step our website. We accept a range of other Year three Centres nationwide. Q-Step is a prestigious qualifications. Please refer to the Applying The final-year core requirement is a project on and innovative programme. It is designed to City section at the back of this prospectus. a topic of the student’s choice, working one-to- to develop students’ research techniques one with their supervisor. Students also choose and employability by enhancing education Course webpage from a wide range of elective modules. in quantitative data analysis, ranging from data literacy to advanced skills. www.city.ac.uk/sipo Assessment is by coursework (assessed essays and assignments), unseen examinations and Enquiries the final-year project. Email: [email protected] Telephone: +44 (0) 20 7040 8716 72 City, University of London www.city.ac.uk 73 Undergraduate Prospectus 2020/21

International Politics Study abroad and Sociology BSc Q-Step option between Centre teaches students years two and three This joint degree combines the main core modules from Sociology and who join to interpret and International Politics. It offers a broad understanding of both subjects analyse data with a special focus on how the local and the global relate to each other.

This degree combines key sociological and Year two UCAS code Opportunities for work political perspectives for the understanding The second year offers one core theory module LL23 placements and study abroad of local, national and global social relations, on international relations, an extended essay, Students can spend four years completing Duration identities and structures. It will equip you an introduction to qualitative and quantitative with sophisticated critical thinking as well their degree by undertaking a work placement 3 years or 4 years with one of the two methods and a range of elective modules as rigorous quantitative and qualitative between completing years two and three. optional sandwich year routes: a provided by the departments of International social sciences skills that are going to be The degree awarded is BSc International work placement year or study abroad Politics and Sociology. highly valuable in your future profession, Politics and Sociology with Integrated year, to be undertaken between years Core modules include: whether in the public, private or corporate Professional Training. Former students two and three of the course. sector. The course gives students an — Advanced theories of global politics have undertaken their placement year at Entry requirements understanding of international relations, — Scholarly writing for international politics organisations including GlaxoSmithKline Typical requirements: including the role of global organisations — Qualitative analysis of social research data and the Walt Disney Company. such as Amnesty International and the A-level: BBB. — Contemporary social theory. Students can also spend four years completing Red Cross, alongside specific study of their degree by undertaking a study abroad Tariff: 120 UCAS tariff points. how different societies function through Year three year between years two and three. The degree

a global perspective on sociology. The final year includes a project on an School of Arts & Social Sciences International Politics and Sociology BSc BTEC: DDM. awarded would be BSc International Politics The departments of International Politics and international politics or sociology topic and Sociology with Study Abroad. In the past, IB: 30 points overall, including a minimum Sociology at City are both supported by the of the student’s choice. Students also select students have studied at universities including of 5.0 from three Higher Level subjects. City Q-Step Centre, designed to help students electives from a range of International Politics Sciences Po, France; Pompeu Fabra University, In addition, the following is required: analyse the different types of data that support and Sociology modules. Spain; the University of Queensland, Australia; Northeastern University, USA; GCSE: A minimum of grade 4/grade C new insights and policy decisions. Assessment is by coursework (assessed essays and Seoul National University, South Korea. in English and Mathematics. and assignments), unseen examinations and Course structure a final-year project. Career opportunities English language requirements Year one IELTS: 6.5 overall with a minimum The first year introduces competing Graduates of this course are suited to a of 6.0 in each component. theories of international politics and global wide range of career options, from the Civil political economy. Students also receive a Service, NGOs, journalism and teaching Other courses you may like to international organisations and the History BA comprehensive grounding in qualitative and quantitative approaches to sociology. corporate sector. Recent employers include International Political Economy BSc Blackwood Group, the Conservative Party, Core modules include: the Department for Business, ESA Market International Politics BSc — Introduction to political economy Research and the London Borough of Islington. Politics BSc — Myths and mysteries in world politics — International relations theories 1 Sociology BSc — Producing social data — Lies, damned lies and statistics — Researching society: qualitative methods — Classical social theory Supported by — Research@CitySociology. City Q-Step Centre For the most current and comprehensive information about this course, please visit City Q-Step Centre is one of 15 Q-Step our website. We accept a range of other Centres nationwide. Q-Step is a prestigious qualifications. Please refer to the Applying and innovative programme. It is designed to City section at the back of this prospectus. to develop students’ research techniques and employability by enhancing education Course webpage in quantitative data analysis, ranging from www.city.ac.uk/sips data literacy to advanced skills.

Enquiries Email: [email protected] Telephone: +44 (0) 20 7040 8716 74 City, University of London www.city.ac.uk 75 Undergraduate Prospectus 2020/21

Journalism BA Study abroad We encourage all our 92% This degree is designed for students pursuing careers in journalism, students to work or study of employed graduates media and communications. It provides education and proficiency internationally to get a real were in a professional or in print, broadcast and online journalism and relevant studies in idea of global news managerial job within six , such as politics and the history of journalism. months (DLHE 2016/17)

City’s Department of Journalism is a leader Year two UCAS code Opportunities for work in its field, with an unrivalled record of Core modules include: P500 placements and study abroad preparing graduates for the best jobs in the — Audio and video journalism sector. Thousands of our alumni are working Students can spend four years completing Duration — Employability and enterprise skills as journalists and media professionals in the their degree by undertaking a work

3 years or 4 years with one of the two optional School of Arts & Social Sciences Journalism BA for journalism placement between years two and three. sandwich year routes: a work placement UK and internationally. Based in the heart of — Writing and reportage The degree awarded is BA Journalism with year or study abroad year, to be undertaken London, the department enjoys close links — Power without responsibility Integrated Professional Training. between years two and three of the course. with global media. Leading professionals give lectures and workshops and students — Online and social media journalism. Students can also spend four years completing Entry requirements benefit from state-of-the-art facilities including Elective modules include: their degree by undertaking a study abroad Typical requirements: multimedia studios and newsrooms. — Visual journalism year between years two and three. The degree awarded would be BA Journalism with Study A-level: ABB. — Data journalism Course structure Abroad. Students have studied at universities Tariff: 128 UCAS tariff points. — Humanitarian reporting Journalism education at City has a real-world including Sciences Po, France; Danish School BTEC: DDD. emphasis. Time is spent in small workshops — Reporting conflict of Media and Journalism, Denmark; Ryerson — Sport journalism University, Canada; University of North IB: 33 points. learning the multimedia skills required for a career in 21st century journalism: from — Creative writing workshop Carolina at Chapel Hill, USA; Hong Kong In addition, the following is required: writing, reporting and interviewing to social — Shorthand. Baptist University, Hong Kong; the University GCSE: A minimum of grade 4/grade C media analytics and preparing page layouts of Queensland, Australia; Northeastern in English and Mathematics. on screen. Students learn how to write news Year three University, USA; and Seoul National University, South Korea. As part of the selection process for this and features, use the professional standard Core modules include: course we will invite suitable applicants for TV and radio studios and make video and — Advanced practical journalism: broadcast There are also opportunities to develop interview. If you are able to come to City in audio packages and websites. Professional — Advanced practical journalism: skills and gain experience through student person, you will be invited to a selection work experience is the key to getting a job print/online journalism at City. day at which you will take a written test and in journalism and students are supported — Journalism project or a dissertation to arrange placements during their degree. an interview with one of our staff. If you are — Media law and ethics. Career opportunities This is complemented by academic subjects outside the UK then we will try to arrange Graduates have gone on to work at the BBC, such as history, politics and law which are Elective modules include: this over Skype or telephone. Sky News, The Sun, Metro, Associated Press, delivered through lectures and seminars and — International news talkSPORT, MailOnline, The Economist, Men’s English language requirements assessed through examination and essays. — Advanced photo journalism Health and have gone into marketing and IELTS: 7.0 overall with a minimum Year one — Reporting science and the environment corporate communications for organisations of 6.0 in each component. Students cover the basic principles of — Arts and culture journalism such as Nike and Asos. The journalism degree Other courses you may like journalism, the history of journalism and — Fashion and lifestyle journalism can also be a gateway into postgraduate study and careers in NGOs and the Civil Service. English BA politics and current affairs. — Reporting business. Media, Communication and Sociology BSc Core modules include: Coursework includes news reports and features — History of journalism in all media formats, presentations, portfolio — The British media content, individual and group projects and essays. Some modules are assessed completely — Introduction to reporting and writing by coursework, while others require a For the most current and comprehensive — Politics and current affairs combination of coursework and examination. information about this course, please visit — A foreign language our website. We accept a range of other — Introduction to digital journalism qualifications. Please refer to the Applying — Introduction to audio and video journalism. to City section at the back of this prospectus.

Course webpage www.city.ac.uk/ajou

Enquiries Email: [email protected] Telephone: +44 (0) 20 7040 8716 76 City, University of London www.city.ac.uk 77 Undergraduate Prospectus 2020/21 Media, Communication and Sociology BSc Q-Step Centre teaches students This joint degree focuses on media and communication, which are central who join to interpret and to the way our society functions. It examines key media, communication analyse data and cultural institutions and explores the diverse ways in which all forms of media and communication drive the global economy, shape individual Year two Students can also spend four years completing Core modules include: their degree by undertaking a study abroad identities and define contemporary social life. — News and society year between years two and three. The degree awarded would be BSc Media, Communication — New media challenges. and Sociology with Study Abroad. In the The BSc Media, Communication and UCAS code Students must then choose at least two core past, students have studied at universities Sociology explores contemporary trends Sociology elective modules from: including the University of Groningen, PL33 such as media globalisation and the rise of — Contemporary social theory Netherlands; the University of Queensland, social media. It also focuses on developing Duration Australia; Northeastern University, USA; and an understanding of society and our — Understanding social change 3 years or 4 years with one of the two Seoul National University, South Korea. roles within it. It examines institutions, — Sociology of race and racism optional sandwich year routes: a organisations and power and is concerned — Culture and society work placement year or study abroad Career opportunities with the ways social relations between — Qualitative analysis of social research data year, to be undertaken between years This course enables students to develop the people emerge, are sustained and change. — Quantitative analysis of social research data. two and three of the course. methodological expertise to analyse social This course considers the different ways The Department of Sociology offers many data and the analytical capability to identify Entry requirements in which global social relationships, electives in relation to its research specialisms and engage with social policy debates. Typical requirements: including global media and communication and it also has links with other departments Students develop specific skills relevant to systems, affect and are affected by local and A-level: ABB. across the social sciences, allowing students several professions, plus critical thinking, School of Arts & Social Sciences Media, Communication and Sociology BSc global cultural differences and patterns of to opt in to their modules as some of their which is prized in graduate employment. The Tariff: 128 UCAS tariff points social inequality. (typically ABB). electives. These include: media and culture, degree’s affiliation with the Q-Step Centre Students have the opportunity to study topics celebrity and society, gender, security, work, ensures that graduates possess strong data BTEC: DDM. that include family life, identity, work, race, politics and power, psychology, religion and literacy and quantitative methods skills, IB: 30 points overall, including a minimum class, migration, gender, popular culture, race. This leaves students with a wide range of which are highly sought in sectors as diverse of 5.0 from three Higher Level subjects. urban living, food and criminology. elective modules, helping them specialise in a as government, education, market research particular area of media and sociology. organisations, the not-for-profit sector, the In addition, the following is required: The course develops students’ appreciation of the complex interplay between local and financial sector and the news media. GCSE: A minimum of grade 4/grade C Year three global forces and their relationship to social Year three modules allow students to study in English and Mathematics. processes, with particular reference to life in st current issues that draw upon the research English language requirements the 21 century metropolis of London. excellence of our department. The availability IELTS: 6.5 overall with a minimum This innovative degree is designed and of modules is subject to some change in of 6.0 in each component. delivered by academics whose research is line with changing staff research profiles. Supported by recognised as world-leading in the field. Year three modules currently include: City Q-Step Centre Other courses you may like Research informs its content and students Core module: City Q-Step Centre is one of 15 Q-Step Centres Criminology BSc develop the skills to conduct their own — Sociology research project. nationwide. Q-Step is a prestigious and Criminology and Sociology BSc sociological research, accompanied by a innovative programme. It is designed to range of other transferable skills. Core elective modules: develop students’ research techniques and Sociology BSc Course structure — Political communication employability, by enhancing education in — Celebrity and society quantitative data analysis, ranging from data Year one — Understanding global media flows. literacy to advanced skills. Core modules include: As part of City Q-Step Centre all students — Media, history and politics Opportunities for work For the most current and comprehensive on the Media, Communication and — Contemporary issues in media studies information about this course, please visit placements and study abroad Sociology course have the opportunity to our website. We accept a range of other — Lies, damned lies and statistics Students can spend four years completing apply to a specialist pathway: BSc Media, qualifications. Please refer to the Applying — Producing social data their degree by undertaking a work Communication and Sociology with to City section at the back of this prospectus. — Research@CitySociology placement between years two and three. Quantitative Methods (subject to approval) — Researching society The degree awarded is BSc Media, at the end of their first year. Students on the pathway undertake a data placement in their Course webpage — Classical social theory. Communication and Sociology with www.city.ac.uk/smed Integrated Professional Training. second year of study. Students have the opportunity to study Enquiries a language as an elective in year one and Email: [email protected] continue this in years two and three. Telephone: +44 (0) 20 7040 8716 78 City, University of London www.city.ac.uk 79 Undergraduate Prospectus 2020/21 Music BMus 95% 100% of Music students said of students gain The BMus Music is delivered in the Department they were satisfied with the employment or further of Music, a renowned environment for the practical quality of their course study within six months and academic study of music. (NSS 2018) of graduating (DHLE 2016/17)

The BMus Music degree at City adopts a Year two and year three UCAS code Opportunities for work global and interdisciplinary approach to the Core modules for year two: W300 placements and study abroad study of music, which is underpinned by a — Ensemble performance blend of theory and practice. Through the As well as a placement year (between years Duration — Analysing music. School of Arts & Social Sciences Music BMus study of classical, popular and world music two and three) students have the option of 3 years or 4 years with one of the two the degree offers exciting new perspectives Core modules for year three: a second-year work placement module as optional sandwich year routes: a on music and its relationships with culture, — Ensemble performance. one of their electives. These opportunities work placement year or study abroad technology and society. The course is delivered give students a chance to gain experience year, to be undertaken between years Core elective modules: by academics who are internationally of a music-related work environment, to two and three of the course. — Major project: dissertation recognised as leaders in their fields. reflect on the skills and experiences they — Major project: composition have acquired and to engage directly with Entry requirements The course allows students to immerse — Major project: performance. their possible future career plans. Recent Typical requirements: themselves in every aspect of music, students have undertaken placements providing education and research which has Students can choose from an extensive range A-level: ABB. at schools, arts centres, music festivals, contemporary relevance, application and of elective options, delivered by acknowledged theatres and publishing houses and in Tariff: 128 UCAS tariff points usefulness. The diversity of the educational specialists in their fields. artistic management and music journalism. (typically ABB). offering and the focus on employability skills Elective modules include: BTEC: DDD. ensures students are equipped to pursue a — Global popular musics In addition, there are opportunities to study abroad through the Erasmus scheme range of future careers. Students pursuing — Historical performance practice IB: 30 points overall, including a minimum solo performance are eligible to receive and Study Abroad exchange programme. of 5.0 from three Higher Level subjects. instrumental or vocal tuition at the — Music therapy In addition, the following is required: Department of Music from leading — Composition for moving images Career opportunities GCSE: A minimum of grade 4/grade C professional performers. The course — Composition: instrumental and vocal The degree structure enables students to in English and Mathematics. combines excellent graduate prospects, — Composition: studio explore a wide range of music-related careers. exceptional academics and outstanding — Performance. Graduates include performers, composers, English language requirements facilities in a central London location. Performers continue to receive specialist primary and secondary school teachers, IELTS: 6.5 overall with a minimum To celebrate high-quality musical performance, individual tuition, subject to satisfactory university lecturers, peripatetic instrumental of 6.0 in each component. we are offering seven performance scholarships progress. or vocal teachers, music examiners, orchestral conductors, administrators, royalty tracking Other courses you may like to students on our BMus Music course. The The major project is an important focus scholarships are worth £2,000 and are awarded consultants, music therapists, sound designers Music, Sound and Technology BSc of third-year work. Students specialise in and sound recording engineers. for each year of study. one or two areas of composition, performance or dissertation. The dissertation option City Music alumni are working in a wide Course structure allows in-depth research in an area related range of organisations including: the BBC, During the first year, all students follow the to any aspect of music. Southbank Centre, London Philharmonia Orchestra, Apple, Academy of St Martin in same broad-ranging course. For the second Throughout the three years, assessment is and third years, students plan a tailored the Fields, Barbican Centre, the Associated by a combination of project-based or practical Board of the Royal Schools of Music, Royal programme of study comprising a set number and creative work and examinations or of elective modules drawn from an extensive Opera House, Universal Music Group, PRS for coursework. Students receive a considerable Music, Sony, National Theatre, Brains and offering. There is also an opportunity to study amount of tuition in small groups and a foreign language. Hunch, Boosey & Hawkes music publishers, individually to maximise contact and to enable Buckingham Palace, Courtauld Institute of For the most current and comprehensive Year one them to tailor their work to personal interests. Art, Edition Peters, EMI Classics, Mazars information about this course, please visit All students study a core curriculum which Group (accountancy), National Youth our website. We accept a range of other includes solo and/or ensemble performance, Music Theatre, Milton Keynes Community qualifications. Please refer to the Applying Western classical, popular and world music, NHS Trust, PwC and Real World Records. to City section at the back of this prospectus. critical listening, tonal harmony, musicianship, One hundred per cent of Music graduates composition and music technology. were in employment or further study six Course webpage months after graduation (Unistats, 2016). www.city.ac.uk/aumu All students are expected to participate and perform in some of the department’s wide range Enquiries of classical, jazz and world music ensembles as Email: [email protected] part of the core experience of the course. Telephone: +44 (0) 20 7040 8716 80 City, University of London www.city.ac.uk 81 Undergraduate Prospectus 2020/21 Music, Sound and Technology BSc 95% 7 studios of Music students said Four 5.1 surround studios, This innovative degree explores leading-edge topics in music they were satisfied with the one 7.1 surround studio and and sound, preparing students for a wide range of careers in quality of their course two stereo studios the cultural industries of today and tomorrow. (NSS 2018)

This degree allows students to engage with Year two UCAS code Opportunities for work music, sound and technology from a wide In the second year of the course students W3W7 placements and study abroad range of perspectives, while considering develop advanced skills in recording and audio London is a global hub for the creative and Duration the complex interrelationships between programming, while applying these skills these fields. Students develop imaginative digital media industries and City’s Department 3 years or 4 years with one of the two towards the creation of innovative new work. strategies for the production of creative of Music is located right at the heart of the city. optional sandwich year routes: a Core modules include: and technical work, involving experiment, Music, Sound and Technology students benefit work placement year or study abroad speculation and rigorous investigation. — Interactivity for music and sound from outstanding opportunities to engage with year, to be undertaken between years The course is underpinned by intersections — Sound recording and studio techniques 2 industry through work placements (available two and three of the course. between theory and practice, leading — Ensemble performance. as an elective module in year two), internships, external events and a programme of guest Entry requirements students to develop innovative projects in Electives include topics from sound studies, academics from the music professions. Typical requirements: recording, composition, interactive music, critical and media theory, music in popular installation and cross-disciplinary work. Students can spend four years completing A-level: ABB (preferably including Music culture, Western music, computing, applied School of Arts & Social Sciences Music, Sound and Technology BSc Technology and Mathematics or Physics). A distinctive feature of the course is an music studies and composition. These optional their degree by undertaking a work placement emphasis on understanding relationships modules allow students to enhance their between years two and three. The degree Tariff: 128 UCAS tariff points between music, sound and other forms of understanding in specialist areas and tailor their awarded is BSc Music, Sound and Technology (typically ABB). digital media, such as film, games, web- studies to particular strengths and interests. with Integrated Professional Training. based applications and new modes of Students can also spend four years completing BTEC: DDD. Year three performance. These areas of study place their degree by undertaking a study abroad IB: 30 points overall, including a minimum City’s students at the forefront of new and The third year places greater emphasis on year between years two and three. The degree of 5.0 from three Higher Level subjects. emerging developments in digital media. the role of sound and music in moving image awarded would be BSc Music, Sound and In addition, the following is required: and web applications. The major project Technology with Study Abroad. In the past, forms a focal point for this final year of the GCSE: A minimum of grade 4/grade C Course structure students from the department have studied degree, allowing students to devise and in English and Mathematics. Year one at universities including the University realise a large-scale individual project as the In year one students engage with a wide of Queensland, Australia; Northeastern English language requirements culmination of their studies. range of concepts and ideas surrounding University, USA; and Seoul National IELTS: 6.5 overall with a minimum the theory and practice of music, sound Core modules include: University, South Korea. of 6.0 in each component. and technology. Five core modules provide — Sound and image interaction Career opportunities Other courses you may like comprehensive grounding in practical and — Major project. Graduates of this course have gone on to work Music BMus theoretical fields, creating a platform for more In addition students choose from an specialist topics in years two and three. extensive range of elective modules, for leading companies including the BBC, ITV, Core modules: including specialist options offered by the Native Instruments, EMI, Universal Music Group and SoundCloud. The knowledge and — Critical listening departments of Computer Science, Sociology and Cultural and Creative Industries. skills students gain during the course provide — Sound design fully rounded preparation for a wide range — Sound recording and studio techniques 1 Accreditation of careers in sound engineering, software — Music, sound and technology The BSc Music, Sound and Technology design, composition and sound design, media — Ensemble performance. degree has been accredited by JAMES (Joint production and arts management. Audio Media Education Support) on behalf of the Association of Professional Recording For the most current and comprehensive Services (APRS), the Music Producers Guild information about this course, please visit (MPG) and the UK Screen Alliance. our website. We accept a range of other qualifications. Please refer to the Applying to City section at the back of this prospectus.

Course webpage www.city.ac.uk/amst

Enquiries Email: [email protected] Telephone: +44 (0) 20 7040 8716 82 City, University of London www.city.ac.uk 83 Undergraduate Prospectus 2020/21

Politics BSc Placements BSc Politics trains students to understand and analyse the key political and study abroad Q-Step problems and issues that face states and societies across the world in a opportunities with Centre teaches students systematic and comparative way. Issues of uneven economic growth and prestigious organisations who join to interpret and rising inequality, political violence and civil war require a form of analysis analyse data that is both theoretically rigorous and empirically informed.

This course is geared to producing graduates Year two UCAS code Opportunities for work with the understanding, skills and experience During the second year, students consolidate L200 placements and study abroad to be attractive to a range of governmental, the skills and knowledge gained in the corporate, academic (postgraduate studies), Students can spend four years completing Duration first year to analyse comparatively politics School of Arts & Social Sciences Politics BSc non-governmental and international their degree by undertaking a work placement 3 years or 4 years with one of the two in several industrialised and developing organisations engaged in addressing these between completing years two and three. The optional sandwich year routes: a nations and emerging powers. challenges and opportunities. The degree degree awarded is BSc Politics with Integrated work placement year or study abroad Core modules include: course equips students with the tools they Professional Training. Former students year, to be undertaken between years need to be competitive in a world where — Scholarly writing for politics of the department have undertaken their two and three of the course. strategic thinking is prized and analysis of — Advanced topics in comparative politics. placement year at organisations including Entry requirements political risks valued. Elective modules include: GlaxoSmithKline and the Walt Disney Company. Typical requirements: Joining the Department of International — Politics of the USA Students can also spend four years A-level: BBB. Politics means joining a vibrant community — Comparative Asian politics completing their degree by undertaking a study abroad year between years two and of academics committed to offering students — Comparative political economy Tariff: 120 UCAS tariff points. an enriching, engaging and high-quality three. The degree awarded would be BSc — Religion and politics in the age BTEC: DDM. learning experience. Politics with Study Abroad. In the past, of global change students from the department have studied IB: 30 points overall, including a minimum Course structure — Political risk analysis at universities including Sciences Po, of 5.0 from three Higher Level subjects. — Violent politics: riots, civil wars France; Pompeu Fabra University, Spain; This degree allows students to develop a and state repression the University of Queensland, Australia; In addition, the following is required: deep understanding of the main forces shaping Northeastern University, USA; and Seoul GCSE: A minimum of grade 4/grade C the functioning of politics across different — Political psychology: emotion National University, South Korea. in English and Mathematics. countries and regions of the world, on the and reason in politics. basis of rigorous academic and research skills. English language requirements Micro-Placements Programme Career opportunities IELTS: 6.5 overall with a minimum Year one During year two we offer a Micro-Placements Beyond providing access to the discipline- of 6.0 in each component. The purpose of the first year is to introduce Programme, which gives the opportunity to specific body of knowledge associated with the students to key issues, concepts, theoretical several students to work on research projects study of politics, this course places emphasis Other courses you may like perspectives and methodological approaches in in the public sector, in political organisations on gaining several core skills suitable to many History BA the study of politics and related sub-disciplines. or think tanks. career options, such as political organisations, International Politics BSc Students also begin to appreciate the diversity Year three government or Civil Service, research of political systems in various national and institutions or think tanks, teaching, the media International Politics and Sociology BSc During the third year, students have the regional contexts. opportunity to use the analytical competencies and communications (including journalism), International Political Economy BSc Core modules include: developed in the first two years to specialise civil society, international organisations and a — Introduction to politics in topics and sub-fields that interest them range of careers in the private sector. — The puzzles of comparative politics – through independent research in the — Introduction to political theory form of a Final-Year Dissertation Project (core module) on a subject of their choice — Emerging powers in a changing world within the study of politics or comparative — Lies, damned lies and statistics: making politics, as well as through the module Supported by sense of social data Practical Politics, which is tailored to City Q-Step Centre For the most current and comprehensive — Producing social data. help students develop their employability City Q-Step Centre is one of 15 Q-Step information about this course, please visit skills and boost their career prospects. our website. We accept a range of other Students have the opportunity to study a Centres nationwide. Q-Step is a prestigious qualifications. Please refer to the Applying language as an elective in year one and Assessment is by coursework, oral and innovative programme. It is designed to City section at the back of this prospectus. continue this in years two and three. presentations, unseen examinations to develop students’ research techniques and a final-year project. and employability by enhancing education Course webpage in quantitative data analysis, ranging www.city.ac.uk/spol from data literacy to advanced skills.

Enquiries Email: [email protected] Telephone: +44 (0) 20 7040 8716 84 City, University of London www.city.ac.uk 85 Undergraduate Prospectus 2020/21 Psychology BSc 3rd Four in London for Psychology specialist BPS-accredited The BSc Psychology at City encourages analytical and critical thinking (Guardian University Guide 2019) pathways help students while developing an understanding of the complex interactions between focus their interests the human mind, brain, behaviour and experience. in psychology

This course covers a broad range of topics Micro-Placements Programme UCAS code Opportunities for work within and related to psychology, based During year two students have the C800 placements and study abroad on the scientific exploration of human opportunity to participate in our Micro- Students can complete a four-year degree Duration behaviour and the application of psychological Placements Programme. These are short- knowledge in professional areas. The course either by undertaking a work placement or 3 years or 4 years with one of the two term placements for students to work offers a wide range of transferable skills, a study abroad year between years two and School of Arts & Social BSc Sciences Psychology optional sandwich year routes: a on research projects and in industry enhancing employment prospects. It provides three. Work placements have been undertaken work placement year or study abroad organisations, to gain professional work excellent preparation for further education in the past at organisations including year, to be undertaken between years experience and develop employment skills. in psychology at postgraduate level. The Islington Learning Disabilities Partnership, two and three of the course. course has achieved outstanding results in Year three GlaxoSmithKline, IBM, Government Entry requirements the National Student Survey with 87per cent Final-year students conduct a research project Operational Research Service and Camden Typical requirements: overall satisfaction over the past five years. and will select six specialist modules from a and Islington Personality Disorder Service. With 26 academic staff, there is an excellent wide range led by expert academic staff A-level: AAB. Study abroad universities have included: student-to-staff ratio. and practitioners. IE University, Segovia, Spain; the University Tariff: 136 UCAS tariff points Current elective modules include: of Queensland, Australia; Northeastern (typically AAB). Course structure — Applied psychology in clinical practice University, USA; and Seoul National University, South Korea. BTEC: DDD. Year one — Approaches to autism The first year covers the main areas of IB: 30 points overall, including a minimum — Coaching psychology psychology: cognition, development, biology Career opportunities of 5.0 from three Higher Level subjects. — Cognitive development and the history of psychological theories. In A Psychology degree is widely recognised as In addition, the following is required: addition, a specialist module focuses on the — Health psychology an excellent introduction to many careers. GCSE: A minimum of grade 4/ grade C education and skills needed to pursue a degree — Introduction to counselling psychology Many of our graduates go on to further in English and Mathematics. and a career as a professional psychologist. — Judgment and decision-making study in related disciplines: MSc Clinical Core modules include: — Memory and the law Psychology, MSc Clinical, Social and Cognitive English language requirements Neuroscience, MSc Developmental Psychology, — Biological approaches — Normal and disordered word processing IELTS: 6.5 overall with a minimum MSc Forensic Mental Health Research and — Organisational psychology of 6.0 in each component. — Cognitive approaches MSc Health Psychology. Other students go — History and theory of psychology — Programming tools for psychologists into graduate-level employment, working as Other courses you may like — Lifespan psychology — Psychological illnesses, brain damage and assistant psychologists, healthcare assistants, Criminology and Psychology BSc — Professional and academic development dreams: malfunctions of the mind trainee clinical psychologists, media planners, Sociology with Psychology BSc — Research design and analysis — Topics in behavioural economics marketing directors, quality assurance (quantitative and laboratory methods). — Topics in cognitive neuroscience. engineers, professional mentoring assistants, teachers and support workers. Such diversity Year two BSc Psychology with Pathways in destinations demonstrates the wide range The second year advances knowledge of of professional skills learnt in psychology. core subjects in psychology to meet the All students enter BSc Psychology and at the requirements for British Psychological end of their second year can apply, if they Accreditation Society (BPS) accreditation. wish, to one of four BPS-accredited pathways, or continue with BSc Psychology. City’s BSc Psychology, accredited by the Core modules include: Students on a specialised pathway take BPS, comprises the first stage of qualifying — Biological psychology modules related to that pathway and conduct as a Chartered Psychologist. It also provides For the most current and comprehensive — Cognitive psychology 1 and 2 the necessary first degree qualification for information about this course, please visit their Honours research project in that field. The — Developmental psychology four pathways and respective degree titles are: further education on BPS-accredited master’s our website. We accept a range of other and doctoral-level courses. qualifications. Please refer to the Applying — Personality and differential psychology — BSc Psychology with Counselling and to City section at the back of this prospectus. — Research methods in psychology Health Psychology — Social psychology. — BSc Psychology with Organisational Course webpage Psychology and Behavioural Economics www.city.ac.uk/spsy — BSc Psychology with Cognitive and Clinical Neuroscience Enquiries — BSc Psychology with Child Development. Email: [email protected] Telephone: +44 (0) 20 7040 8716 86 City, University of London www.city.ac.uk 87 Undergraduate Prospectus 2020/21 Sociology BSc Q-Step Sociology enables us to understand society and our roles within it. Centre teaches students It is the systematic study of institutions, organisations and power who join to interpret and and is concerned with the ways in which social relations between analyse data people emerge, are sustained and change.

The BSc Sociology explores the organisation Year two UCAS code Opportunities for work of global capitalism and the opportunities Core modules include: L300 placements and study abroad and structural inequalities that define our — Qualitative methods Students can spend four years completing Duration everyday lives, including those related to — Contemporary social theory. their degree by undertaking a work

gender, class, race and migration. Students School of Arts & Social Sciences Sociology BSc 3 years or 4 years with one of the two have the opportunity to study topics that Students must then choose at least two placement between years two and three. optional sandwich year routes: a include family life, identity, work, popular core elective modules from: The degree awarded is BSc Sociology with work placement year or study abroad culture, urban living, food, criminology, — Understanding social change Integrated Professional Training. year, to be undertaken between years media and the virtual world. two and three of the course. — Sociology of race and racism Students can also spend four years completing Students also learn to appreciate the complex — Culture and society. their degree by undertaking a study abroad Entry requirements interplay between local and global forces and year between years two and three. The degree Typical requirements: their relationship to social processes, with Micro-Placements Programme awarded would be BSc Sociology with Study st During year two students have the opportunity A-level: ABB. particular reference to life in the 21 century Abroad. Students have studied at universities metropolis of London. This innovative degree to participate in our Micro-Placements including the University of Groningen, Tariff: 128 UCAS tariff points is designed and delivered by academics whose Programme. These are short-term placements Netherlands; the University of Queensland, (typically ABB). research is recognised as world-leading in for students to work on research projects and Australia; and Northeastern University, USA. BTEC: DDM. the field. Research informs its content and in industry organisations, to gain professional students develop the skills to conduct their work experience and develop employment skills. Career opportunities IB: 30 points overall, including a minimum own sociological research, accompanied by Year three This course enables students to develop of 5.0 from three Higher Level subjects. a range of other transferable skills. the methodological expertise to analyse Year three modules allow students to study In addition, the following is required: social data and the analytical capability to A particular strength of the BSc Sociology is current issues that draw upon the research identify and engage with social policy GCSE: A minimum of grade 4/grade C that the degree is part of the City Q-Step Centre, excellence of our department. The availability debates. The degree’s affiliation with the in English and Mathematics. a centre of excellence devoted to developing the of modules is subject to some change in Q-Step Centre ensures that graduates data literacy and quantitative methods skills of line with changing staff research profiles. English language requirements possess strong data literacy and quantitative undergraduate social scientists. Year three modules currently include: IELTS: 6.5 overall with a minimum methods skills, which are highly sought in All students on the Sociology course have of 6.0 in each component. Core module: sectors as diverse as government, education, the opportunity to apply to a specialist — Sociology dissertation. market research, the not-for-profit sector, Other courses you may like pathway (BSc Sociology with Quantitative Core elective modules: the financial sector and the news media. Criminology BSc Methods) at the end of their first year. — Work and workers in the 21st century Criminology and Sociology BSc Course structure — Emotions, identities and relationships Supported by Media, Communication and Sociology BSc Year one — Food, culture and society. City Q-Step Centre Core modules include: Sociology with Psychology BSc The Department of Sociology offers many City Q-Step Centre is one of 15 Q-Step Centres — Research@CitySociology electives in relation to its research specialisms nationwide. Q-Step is a prestigious and — Researching society and it also has links with other departments innovative programme. It is designed to — Classical social theory across the social sciences, allowing students develop students’ research techniques and to opt in to their modules as some of their employability, by enhancing education in — Lies, damned lies and statistics electives. These include: media and culture, — Producing social data. quantitative data analysis, ranging from data celebrity and society, gender, security, work, literacy to advanced skills. For the most current and comprehensive Students have the opportunity to study politics and power, psychology, religion and information about this course, please visit a language as an elective in year one and race. This leaves students with a wide range As part of City Q-Step Centre all students on our website. We accept a range of other continue this in years two and three. of elective modules helping them specialise the Sociology course have the opportunity qualifications. Please refer to the Applying in a particular area of sociology. to apply to a specialist pathway: BSc Sociology to City section at the back of this prospectus. with Quantitative Methods (subject to approval) at the end of their first year. Course webpage Students on the pathway undertake a data www.city.ac.uk/ssoc placement in their second year of study.

Enquiries Email: [email protected] Telephone: +44 (0) 20 7040 8716 88 City, University of London www.city.ac.uk 89 Undergraduate Prospectus 2020/21

Sociology with rd Psychology BSc 3 88% in London for Psychology of students said they were (Guardian University Guide 2019) satisfied with the quality This joint degree equips students with different of this course ways of investigating social life. (NSS 2018)

The BSc Sociology with Psychology, offered Elective modules: UCAS code Course structure jointly by two of City’s renowned social — Emotions, identities and relationships LCH8 Year one sciences departments, allows students to — Work and workers in the 21st century focus predominantly on sociology while Core modules include: Duration — Sociology of contemporary Europe. broadening their understanding of social — Research@CitySociology 3 years or 4 years with one of the two optional life through the study of psychology. — Researching society The departments of Sociology and Psychology sandwich year routes: a work placement offer many electives in relation to our research Sociology is the systematic study of — Classical social theory year or study abroad year, to be undertaken specialisms, allowing students to opt in to institutions, organisations and power — Lies, damned lies and statistics between years two and three of the course. this wide range of modules as some of their and is concerned with the ways in which — Producing social data. electives. These include: autism, social Entry requirements social relations between people emerge, Students also take two psychology psychology, developmental psychology, Typical requirements: are sustained and change. The course core electives from: cognitive psychology, criminology, celebrity examines the organisation of global School of Arts & Social Sciences Sociology with Psychology BSc A-level: ABB. and society, gender, security, work, religion and capitalism and explores the opportunities — Cognitive approaches to mind race. This leaves students with a wide range of Tariff: 128 UCAS tariff points and structural inequalities that define our and behaviour elective modules, helping them specialise in a (typically ABB). everyday lives, including those related — History and theory of psychology particular area of sociology or psychology. BTEC: DDM. to gender, class, race and migration. — Biological approaches to mind behaviour — Lifespan psychology. IB: 32 points. Psychology focuses on aspects of individual Opportunities for work cognition, development and behaviour. Elective modules include: In addition, the following is required: placements and study abroad Students have the opportunity to study — History and theory of psychology Students can spend four years completing GCSE: A minimum of grade 4/grade C diverse topics that include family life, work, — Exploring London in English and Mathematics. popular culture, food, criminology, media, their degree by undertaking a work placement — Criminology cognition, behaviour and attachment. between years two and three. The degree English language requirements — Criminal justice awarded is BSc Sociology with Psychology This innovative degree is designed and IELTS: 6.5 overall with a minimum — Language. with Integrated Professional Training. delivered by academics whose research is of 6.0 in each component. recognised as world-leading in the field. Year two Students can also spend four years completing their degree by undertaking a study abroad Other courses you may like Research informs its content and students Core modules: develop the skills to conduct their own year between years two and three. The Criminology BSc — Qualitative methods sociological research, accompanied by degree awarded would be BSc Sociology Criminology and Sociology BSc a range of other transferable skills. — Contemporary social theory. with Psychology with Study Abroad. In the Media, Communication and Sociology BSc Students also choose at least two of these past, students have studied at universities Psychology modules as a core elective: including the University of Groningen, Psychology BSc — Biological psychology Netherlands; the University of Queensland, Australia; and Northeastern University, USA. Sociology BSc — Developmental psychology — Social psychology Career opportunities — Personality and differential psychology. This course enables students to develop the Year three methodological expertise to analyse social and Year three modules allow students to study psychological data and the analytical capability current issues that draw upon the research to identify and engage with social policy debates. Students develop critical thinking and For the most current and comprehensive excellence of our department. The availability skills relevant to several professions. The skills information about this course, please visit of modules is subject to some change in developed in this degree are highly sought in our website. We accept a range of other line with changing staff research profiles. sectors as diverse as government, the NHS, qualifications. Please refer to the Applying Year three modules currently include: education, market research organisations, to City section at the back of this prospectus. Core module: the not-for-profit sector, human resources, — Sociology dissertation. Course webpage the financial sector and the news media. www.city.ac.uk/sswp

Enquiries Email: [email protected] Telephone: +44 (0) 20 7040 8716 CASS Business School

90 City, University of London www.city.ac.uk 91 Undergraduate Prospectus 2020/21

Anca Nicolae Accounting and Finance BSc, second year The Sir John Cass Business School has been at the forefront Cass Business School was my first choice since I visited for an Open Day. I have taken part in many activities of business education for over 50 years. Located in the heart besides my studies, such as becoming a Student Ambassador and participating in the Micro-Placements of one of the world’s leading financial centres, Cass is part Programme, which enhanced my employability while also being a lot of fun. I plan to become a chartered of an elite group of business schools to have been awarded accountant after graduating and hope I will gain more insight into the industry during my upcoming by the Association to Advance Collegiate internship with the Bank of America. Schools of Business (AACSB), the Association of MBAs (AMBA) and the European Quality Improvement System (EQUIS). Cass Business School

Degrees offered Adam Hockenhull 94 Accounting and Finance BSc Business with Marketing BSc, first year 96 Actuarial Science courses 98 Actuarial Science BSc Maria Clotilde Spano I chose to study at Cass due to its central London Investment and Financial Risk location and great reputation as a business school. 99 Data Analytics and Actuarial Science BSc Management BSc, third year Being in London means having access to more 101 Finance with Actuarial Science BSc internships and volunteering schemes to get ahead in 102 Business Management courses I chose to study at Cass because of its reputation and a career than anywhere else in the UK. The teaching 104 Business Management BSc excellent connections with top employers. Its location faculty is outstanding and there is a solid support 105 Business with Finance BSc in the heart of London has allowed me to participate system in place. I hope to combine the business 107 Business with Marketing BSc in events that have fast-tracked me during application knowledge gained from my degree with my experience processes while also growing my professional 108 Business Management, Digital of working as a musician and work in the business side Innovation and Entrepreneurship BSc network. The best features of the course are the blend of the music industry. of technical and practical knowledge, the variety of 109 International Business BSc electives available and the group exercises. Cass has 110 Finance courses been an essential building-block towards my long-term 112 Banking and International Finance BSc career goal of becoming a risk manager. I am excited to 113 Finance BSc see where the experience will take me. Also pictured (far left): Aleksandra Zolkowska, 114 Investment and Financial Risk Management BSc Business with Marketing BSc, first year. 92 City, University of London www.city.ac.uk 93 Undergraduate Prospectus 2020/21

Cass offers undergraduate degrees in four areas: Recent research from academic staff in the Faculty Aleksandra Zolkowska Accounting and Finance; Actuarial Science; Banking, of Finance helped to establish that a Post Bank would Business with Marketing BSc, first year Finance and Investment; and Business Management. help to ensure the long-term sustainability of the Post Office by diversifying its portfolio of activities I have a wide range of interests, therefore the chance The Cass undergraduate community comprises and increasing revenues. to explore business from every direction is an amazing over 2,000 students from around 100 countries, opportunity. My course has enabled me to discover That research (September 2017) states that a Post Bank creating a vibrant mix of cultures and perspectives. the business world from various perspectives and I would enable other important economic and financial The School’s state-of-the-art facilities help to create have developed my critical thinking to help me apply goals by: 1) improving access to finance for Small and a unique environment for studying, socialising the theories I have learnt into practice. In the future I Medium Enterprises (SMEs); 2) advancing financial and building a professional network. would like to work in marketing for corporations such inclusion by reaching those who are likely to be affected as Disney or Netflix. My passion is filmmaking and by local bank branch closures; and 3) rebalancing Preparing for the future ultimately I would love to run my own film studio and the UK economy away from London and other major advertising agency. A degree from Cass prepares students for a successful urban centres. This research was delivered by Professor career. Our emphasis on academic excellence and Barbara Casu Lukac, Dr Angela Gallo and Dr Francesc Cass Business School Introduction professional skills ensures that Cass graduates are Rodriguez Tous, all of whom currently educate students exceptionally well-regarded by employers, with over 80 on the undergraduate finance courses. per cent securing employment or undertaking further study within six months of graduating. The next step The close links with business and the professions Choosing an undergraduate degree is one of the most which have characterised City for over a century important decisions a student will make. The pages that are very much in evidence at Cass. The degrees are follow contain detailed information on each of the degrees designed in collaboration with leading employers offered, including overviews of course structures, entry and are continually evolving to reflect the changing requirements and career opportunities. Here is a short business environment. All undergraduate students overview of what to expect from undergraduate study in can apply to undertake a paid work placement for Cass’s various fields of expertise: one year between their second and final years and Accounting and Finance: A degree in Accounting and many also make the most of Cass’s central London Finance provides a solid grounding in these two fields. location by securing internships during the summer. It enables students to gain exemptions from professional Cass students can also apply to study abroad as part of qualifications and prepare for external examinations. their degree at over 30 prestigious partner institutions. Depending on their degree, students can choose to Actuarial Science: An Actuarial Science degree undertake the first term of the second year of their study combines studies in mathematics, probability, statistics on an international student exchange (not available and economics, leading students to develop a set of skills in Accounting and Finance or Actuarial Science). in financial risk management that are in high demand Alternatively students on all courses can apply for a across industry. Graduates can gain exemptions from the sandwich year, spending a year abroad between their Institute and Faculty of Actuaries’ CS1-2, CM1-2 and second and third years, thereby extending the degree CB1-2 examinations. to four years. These options provide the opportunity Banking and International Finance: A degree in to add an international dimension to undergraduate Banking and International Finance embraces the study and prepare for the global business world. study of international banking systems and financial To find out more about placement and study abroad markets and prepares students for careers in the opportunities at Cass, please visit: corporate advisory and financial services industry. www.cass.city.ac.uk/courses/undergraduate/ placements-and-study-abroad Business Management: A degree in Business Management provides detailed knowledge of how Research excellence at Cass businesses work and what a manager needs to know. Specialist pathways allow students to concentrate Academic staff at Cass are world-leading experts in on the areas which most interest them, whether this their fields of academic and applied research: they be finance, marketing, international business or digital are highly sought-after by companies, governments innovation and entrepreneurship. and international bodies for their specialist knowledge and their work shapes policy, debate Finance: A degree in Finance provides students and business practice at the highest levels. with the academic knowledge and skills required The Research Excellence Framework (REF) 2014 rated 84 to operate in the increasingly competitive world of Find out more per cent of the research submitted by Cass Business and finance. It exposes students to the areas of financial www.cass.city.ac.uk Management as within the top two categories of world- markets and the governance of global enterprises and leading (4-star) and internationally excellent (3-star). places graduates at the forefront of multinational firms The information on these pages is correct at time This places Cass in the top six institutions in the UK, and financial intermediaries. of print (February 2019). However, this prospectus out of 101 to have entered research in this category. This Investment and Financial Risk Management: A degree only provides an overview of the content and independent review highlights the world-class quality in Investment and Financial Risk Management offers a structure of our degree courses, all of which are of Cass research and recognises the impact it has on route to becoming a trader, a fund manager, a broker or honours degrees. Certain details are subject to business, the professions and policymakers. This is very an analyst in any area of finance. change and students should refer to our website for important for undergraduate students at Cass because it a full list of the courses on offer at Cass Business means that the academics students are learning from are School and the most current and comprehensive pre-eminent and are making considerable contributions information about any courses you are interested in. to advancing their fields of expertise. 94 City, University of London www.city.ac.uk 95 Undergraduate Prospectus 2020/21 Accounting and Finance BSc £25,500 36 The BSc Accounting and Finance provides a solid grounding is the median countries represented in all areas of accounting and finance, including financial salary of graduates on the course accounting, corporate finance, assurance, taxation, law, (DHLE 2015/16) financial management, economics and statistics.

Finance course, students are required to UCAS code UCAS code Course structure undertake a final-year project on a topic Opportunities for work Year one NN43 N4N3 relevant to their studies. placements and study abroad In the first year, students develop the A key part of this degree is the opportunity Duration Duration fundamental knowledge required for a Core modules: 3 years. 4 years. — Final-year project (both terms) to gain professional work experience or to successful career in many areas of business, undertake a period of study abroad. With the option to With one-year including accounting, finance and financial — Corporate finance Cass Business School Accounting and Finance BSc extend to 4 years, professional markets, economics and law. This year also — Corporate strategy Cass students enjoy a wide range of work placement opportunities in business areas with a professional work placement. focuses on consolidating quantitative skills — Strategy for business work placement or in business and finance applications. such as assurance, audit and tax. Students — Advanced financial accounting: have recently taken up placements within study abroad year Core modules: theory and practice (to be selected in many leading corporate organisations, — Introductory financial accounting — Audit and assurance year 2 of study). including EY, Goldman Sachs, Moore Stephens, — Introduction to finance — Taxation. Deloitte, Lloyds Banking Group and PwC. Entry requirements — Financial institutions In all three years of the degree, we offer The placement year would contribute Typical requirements: — Introduction to business law six language options at several levels as towards the work experience requirements A-level: AAA. — Introductory management accounting extracurricular courses. Please visit our of a Chartered Accountancy qualification website for more information: (ACA) training agreement with an ICAEW IB: 35 points overall, with a minimum — Introduction to statistics www.cass.city. ac.uk/courses/undergraduate training employer. of 5 in each subject. — Microeconomics — Macroeconomics Work placements are not guaranteed, but In addition, the following is required: Career opportunities our placements team will help students to — Professional skills. GCSE: A minimum of grade 5/grade C in Graduates of this course are well placed to find placements and ensure students are English and grade 7/grade A in Mathematics. Year two enter a career in accountancy or in other areas work ready. of finance and the financial markets. Recent English language requirements In the second year, students acquire a deeper Students can alternatively apply to study understanding of accounting, financial markets, graduates have embarked on auditing and tax abroad at a range of prestigious partner IELTS: 6.5 overall with a minimum careers with PwC, Deloitte, KPMG, EY, Grant of 6.0 in each component. risk management, valuation and capital universities. These include The University markets. They develop the ability to prepare Thornton and BDO, or banking and finance of Hong Kong, Hong Kong; Ross School of financial statements according to international careers with Goldman Sachs, JP Morgan and Business, University of Michigan, USA; accounting standards, analyse financial Citigroup, among others. Other common career HEC Montréal, Canada; and Seoul National information for performance measurement and paths include working as a consultant/analyst or University, South Korea, among many others. valuation purposes and apply financial tools to for the public and charity sectors in a finance capacity. Following the completion of the Choosing to study abroad or take a professional value assets trading in financial markets. They work placement enables students to expand also gain exposure to more complex topics such degree, some graduates embark on postgraduate studies at other prestigious universities. their international network of contacts, as financial econometrics, assurance, taxation, increase their confidence and maturity and risk analysis and modelling. Accreditation enhance their future career prospects. Core modules: Accounting and Finance Foundation year Cass Business School’s BSc Accounting Our dedicated Placements and Study Abroad UCAS code: N3N4 — Intermediate financial accounting 1 and Finance is supported by the Institute of teams are on hand to support students through — Financial markets the work experience and study abroad process. This is an additional year which leads into Chartered Accountants in England and Wales the main degree. It covers mathematics, — Financial econometrics (ICAEW) and has been designed so that probability and statistics, economics, — Assurance students who meet the relevant criteria can For the most current and comprehensive finance and accounting. This enables — Intermediate financial accounting 2 achieve eight exemptions from the ICAEW’s information about this course, please visit Chartered Accountancy qualification. students to develop mathematical — Corporate law our website. We accept a range of other Graduates can also gain credits for prior qualifications. Please refer to the Applying ability, communication and study skills. — Management accounting learning from the Association of Chartered to City section at the back of this prospectus. The curriculum has been carefully designed — Principles of taxation. to include material that would be studied at Certified Accountants (ACCA), the Chartered Institute of Management Accountants (CIMA), the undergraduate level as part of the BSc Year three Course webpage degree course. the Chartered Institute of Public Finance and www.city.ac.uk/caaf The final year allows students to tackle Accountancy (CIPFA), the Chartered Insurance more advanced topics in both accounting For further information on the Foundation Institute (CII), the Institute of Chartered Enquiries year, visit: www.cass.city.ac.uk/courses/ and finance, including audit and assurance, Accountants of Scotland (ICAS) and CPA Telephone: +44 (0) 20 7040 4040 undergraduate/courses taxation, financial management and corporate Australia (Certified Practising Accountants). Web: www.city.ac.uk/contact finance. As part of the BSc Accounting and 96 City, University of London www.city.ac.uk 97 Undergraduate Prospectus 2020/21 Actuarial Science courses £30,000 90% is the median graduates in employment The three Actuarial Science degrees offer students a sound salary of graduates or further study six months education in actuarial and financial studies, mathematics, (DHLE 2016/17) after completing the course probability and statistics and data analytics. (DHLE 2016/17)

Actuarial science involves the application of Duration Career opportunities quantitative skills to problems in finance that Opportunities for work The recent economic crisis has brought into 3 years. normally involve risk or uncertainty. These placements and study abroad sharp focus the need for people with the With the following optional route: degrees are ideal for those who excel in and specialist actuarial skills to assess risk. Such A key part of these degree courses is the enjoy mathematics, in particular modelling Four-year sandwich, with a professional individuals are consequently in considerable opportunity to gain professional work and probability, especially those who like Cass Business School Actuarial Science courses work placement or study abroad year. demand both in the traditional insurance and experience or to undertake a period of study asking ‘What if?’. pension sectors as well as general finance. abroad. Students are eligible to apply for a one- Entry requirements year paid work placement, with opportunities Each degree provides students with the skills Data science is one of the fastest growing Typical offers require one of the following: in business areas such as insurance and risk to start their actuarial career. In addition, employment areas with Forbes stating that management, actuarial investment pricing A-level: A*(Mathematics)AA. the added flexibility of the three pathways data scientist jobs have increased by 650% and capital management. As the pathways of allows students to vary the amount of actuarial between 2012 and 2018 as the expert handling IB: 35 points overall, with 6 in Higher Level BSc Data Analytics and Actuarial Science and science, finance and data analytics that they of large and varied data sets becomes ever Mathematics and a minimum of 5 in all BSc Finance with Actuarial Science are both will study. This will allow students to develop more important. The applied nature of our data other subjects. new, all of our past placement students have their skills to enter careers in data science, analytics modules, especially in a financial In addition, the following is required: come from BSc Actuarial Science and hence risk management, investment management or context, will therefore lead to the development the placements have been mainly actuarial in GCSE: A minimum of grade 5/grade C financial analysis upon graduation. of highly prized skills. in English. nature with some finance placements. Recent Course structure As the pathways involving Data Analytics and placements include: Aon, Aviva/Friends Life, English language requirements Finance have only recently been established Prudential, Marsh Ltd, Mercer Ltd and HSBC. The BSc Actuarial Science degree and the BSc IELTS: 6.5 overall with a minimum the majority of our graduates have entered the Work placements are not guaranteed, but Data Analytics and Actuarial Science* degree of 6.0 in each component. actuarial profession and study for the Institute our placements team will help students to share a common first year where students and Faculty of Actuaries’ examinations. find placements and ensure students are develop their actuarial, mathematical, Others have embarked on careers in work ready. statistical and coding skills. After successful investment banking, investment management, completion of the first year, students are able Students can alternatively apply to spend Actuarial Science Foundation year accountancy, commercial banking, insurance, to transfer onto any of the other pathways one year studying abroad at a range of UCAS code: G320 financial analysis and management. In the within Actuarial Science. future we expect to see more varied jobs as prestigious partner universities. These include The Foundation year aims to provide the Chinese University of Hong Kong, Hong The BSc Finance with Actuarial Science* has graduates from the Data Analytics pathway students with a knowledge of mathematics, enter the job market. Some students also Kong; the University of Waterloo, Canada; probability and statistics, accounting and a slightly different first year in that the core IT ESSEC Business School, France; Queensland module does not include VBA coding and the progress to postgraduate study, often on finance, economics, IT and computing, City’s MSc Actuarial Management course. University of Technology, Australia; and Ross sufficient to enable them to undertake an module Introduction to Actuarial Methods is School of Business, University of Michigan, undergraduate degree in the area of actuarial not a core module. However, these modules USA, among many others. can be taken as electives, either to broaden a Accreditation science. The curriculum has been carefully Choosing to study abroad or take a professional student’s skill set and/or to allow students to The degrees can provide exemptions from designed to include material that would be placement year enables students to expand move onto the other actuarial pathways on subjects CM1, CM2, CS1, CS2, CB1 and CB2 studied at the undergraduate level as part of their international network of contacts, successful completion of the first year. For each of the Institute and Faculty of Actuaries’s the BSc degree course. This is an additional increase their confidence and maturity and pathway there is a core careers module in the examinations. The number of exemptions year which leads into the main degree. enhance their future career prospects. first year which will help students to explore available depends on the pathway taken. For further information on the Foundation the possible career paths available to them and Our dedicated Placements and Study Abroad year, visit: www.cass.city.ac.uk/courses/ to determine which ones appeal most to their teams are on hand to support students through undergraduate/courses interests and abilities. the work experience and study abroad process. Many of the core modules from the different For the most current and comprehensive pathways will be available as electives on the information about this course, please visit other actuarial science degrees. our website. We accept a range of other In all three years of each of the actuarial qualifications. Please refer to the Applying science degrees we offer six language options to City section at the back of this prospectus. at several levels as an extracurricular course. *At the point of publication of this prospectus (February 2019), two of these actuarial sciences courses (BSc Data Enquiries Analytics and Actuarial Science; BSc Finance with Actuarial Telephone: +44 (0) 20 7040 4040 Science) are subject to approval. Please visit our website Web: www.city.ac.uk/contact before applying for these two courses to ensure they are available for the 2020/21 academic year. Cass Business School Actuarial Science BSc Actuarial Science Science Actuarial 98 CM exemptions they are able to obtain (CM able to obtain are they exemptions of number the to maximise students allow to also and statistics and probability and mathematics finance, science, of actuarial fundamentals to the students introduce both to designed is pathway Science Actuarial The actuary or financial risk manager. requiredskills to embark on acareer an as the develop to students allows degree This There are no electives in the first year. first the in no electives are There requirements. entry the meeting by guaranteed those beyond subjects respective of the knowledge no prior assume modules These IT. and statistics and probability economics, mathematics, financial in courses introductory and module amathematics study, including later for foundations the provide that modules eight core study students year, first the In one Year analytics. data and finance in topics many as well as insurance general and pensions as such areas to study students allow electives areas, actuarial core early ofthe all covering as well As modules. these select will of students majority the that assuming built is timetable and course the taken, to be electives particular requires exemptions ofthe all Web Telephone: (0) 4040 +44 7040 20 Enquiries www.city.ac.uk/casc webpage Course prospectus. ofthis back at the section to City Applying to the refer Please qualifications. of other We website. arange accept our visit please course, this about information comprehensive and current For most the options.) abroad study and workfor placement 96 pages (See 3 years. Duration code UCAS G322 2 , CS : www.city.ac.uk/contact 1 , CS 2 , CB - 97

and CB 1 and work placement. professional one-year With 4 years. Duration code UCAS G321 2 ). While obtaining obtaining ). While 1 , levels as an extracurricular course. extracurricular an as levels at several options language six offer we degrees ofstudents’ years three all In models. Survival — modelling Statistical — — project Final-year — — modules: Core ambitions. and interests to their relevant area an in project a final-year undertake also Students economics. and business statistics, science, actuarial cover ofelectives range awide while subjects, statistical and ofactuarial understanding in-depth an to develop students allow modules taught core four year, final the In three Year models. Stochastic 2 — statistics and Probability — finance of Fundamentals — — — practicality Actuarial — modules: Core analytics. data and finance in topics explore will others while exams professional ofActuaries Faculty and Institute the from exemptions ofthe some to gain students allow will modules Elective probability. and statistics science, to actuarial mathematics from moves focus the two, year In two Year statistics and Probability — — — — — planning Career — IT of Applications — modules: Core rbblsi modelling Probabilistic contingencies Advanced Contingencies economics to Introduction Calculus and linear algebra linear and Calculus 1 science actuarial for Mathematics methods to actuarial Introduction mathematics investment and Financial BSc Undergraduate Prospectus 2020/21 Prospectus Undergraduate ofLondon University City, 1 . Actuarial Science Science Actuarial and Analytics Data in thein context of the industry. financial required to analyse and model large data sets degreeThis provides students the with skills — Probability and statistics 1 statistics and — Probability 1 science actuarial for — Mathematics to economics — Introduction methods to actuarial — Introduction mathematics investment and — Financial planning — Career ofIT — Applications modules: Core year. first the in no electives are There one Year chosen. electives the on depending exams, ofActuaries’ Faculty and Institute the from exemptions up to five able to gain still are students finance, and theory probability analytics, data on focused are modules core the economy. ofthe While sectors all in analysis to data transferable are developed skills However, the focus. financial or actuarial apractical with skills these to develop students allows degree This models. predictive build and data the analyse to thoroughly skills computing and statistical probability, necessary the with people for demand increasing an been has world there the in data of volume the in explosion recent to the Due Web Telephone: (0) 4040 +44 7040 20 Enquiries www.city.ac.uk/cdaa webpage Course prospectus. ofthis back at the section to City Applying to the refer Please qualifications. of other We website. arange accept our visit please course, this about information comprehensive and current For most the 96 pages (see ofstudy two year in selected to be year, abroad study or work placement aprofessional with Four-year sandwich, route: optional following the With 3 years. Duration code UCAS G3G1 : www.city.ac.uk/contact - 97 ). ). . — Statistical modelling. Statistical — — Probabilistic modelling project — Final-year visualization Data — learning machine and — AI modules: Core Models). Survival and Economics Financial Advanced Contingencies, (Advanced year third the in electives specific three to select need will examinations ofActuaries’ Faculty and Institute the from exemptions of five maximum the to gain wishing Students ambitions. and interests to their relevant area an in project afinal-year undertake also Students economics. and business statistics, science, actuarial cover electives of range awide while subjects, analytics data and ofstatistical understanding in-depth an to develop students allow modules taught core four year, final the In three Year models. — Stochastic databases Rand — Python, structures data Rand — Python, 2 statistics and — Probability offinance — Fundamentals algebra linear and — Calculus modules: Core exemptions. offive amaximum to gain able only are degree Science Actuarial and Analytics Data the taking those it means electives two take only students However, as exams. professional ofActuaries' Faculty and Institute the from exemptions to gain students enable offer on modules elective ofthe Three finance. and science ofactuarial areas the in based are that modules elective two to take able are students modules, core the Alongside science. actuarial and probability statistics, analytics, to data mathematics from moves modules core ofthe focus the two, year In two Year *Subject to approval. See asterisked text on pages 96-97 pages on text asterisked See to approval. *Subject BSc www.city.ac.uk

* . 99

Cass Business School Data Analytics and Actuarial Science BSc 100 City, University of London www.city.ac.uk 101 Undergraduate Prospectus 2020/21 Finance with Actuarial Science BSc* This degree allows students with a mathematical background to explore the different areas of finance and actuarial science.

The Finance with Actuarial Science pathway Core modules: has been designed for students who are — Introduction to Excel and contemplating an actuarial science career statistical packages but are equally attracted to other careers — Career planning in the financial world, such as becoming — Financial and investment mathematics a financial analyst. This degree gives a broader knowledge of how financial markets — Introduction to economics work than the other actuarial science — Mathematics for actuarial science 1 degrees but has more of an emphasis on the — Probability and statistics 1.

quantitative and risk management aspect Cass Business School Finance with Actuarial Science BSc when compared to a typical finance degree. Year two This is due to the course being a blend of In year two, the focus moves from mathematics modules from both the Faculty of Finance to finance, statistics, probability and actuarial and the Faculty of Actuarial Science. science. Alongside the core modules, students are able to take three elective modules that Year one are based in the areas of finance and actuarial In the first year, students study six core science. Two of the elective modules enable modules that provide the foundations for later students to gain exemptions from the Institute study, including a mathematics module and and Faculty of Actuaries’ professional exams. introductory courses in financial mathematics, Core modules: economics, probability and statistics and IT. — Calculus and linear algebra These modules assume no prior knowledge — Derivatives, trading and hedging of the respective subjects beyond those — Financial markets guaranteed by meeting the entry requirements. — Fundamentals of finance — Stochastic models. Year three UCAS code In the final year, four taught core modules G3N3 allow students to develop an in-depth understanding of finance, while a wide Duration range of electives cover actuarial science, 3 years. statistics, business and economics. Students With the following optional route: are able to undertake a final year in an area relevant to their interests and ambitions, Four-year sandwich, with a professional alongside two elective modules. Alternatively work placement or study abroad year, students are able to take four electives to be selected in year two of study instead. Those wishing to gain the maximum (see pages 96-97). three exemptions from the Institute and Faculty of Actuaries' examinations that are offered by this degree will need to select For the most current and comprehensive the elective Advanced Contingencies. information about this course, please visit Core modules: our website. We accept a range of other qualifications. Please refer to the Applying — Fixed income portfolio management to City section at the back of this prospectus. — Financial engineering — Equity investment management. Course webpage www.city.ac.uk/cfas

Enquiries Students relaxing on campus. Pictured, far left: Telephone: +44 (0) 20 7040 4040 Stephanie Chadee, Actuarial Science BSc, second year. Web: www.city.ac.uk/contact *Subject to approval. See asterisked text on pages 96-97. 102 City, University of London www.city.ac.uk 103 Undergraduate Prospectus 2020/21

Business Management th courses 4 100+ in the UK in the Financial organisations offering The five BSc Business Management degree pathways equip Times 2017 European work placement and students with the broad-based knowledge, skills and education Business School rankings internship opportunities for a career in the global business world.

The degrees in the Business Management Duration Career opportunities cluster provide students with a deep Opportunities for work The five Business Management pathways 3 years. understanding of how organisations work placements and study abroad provide a sound basis for a career in business With the following optional routes: and relate this to practical issues facing management, management consultancy, or A key part of these degrees is the opportunity contemporary businesses. They provide Replacement term of study abroad in areas including finance, stockbroking and to gain professional work experience or to students with skills and knowledge that will (to be selected in year one of study). marketing. They also provide a firm grounding undertake a period of study abroad. continue to be valuable in a changing business Professional work placement or study for students setting out as entrepreneurs. Students are eligible to apply for a one-year environment in the future. Students are Cass Business School Business Management courses abroad year, extending degree to 4 years paid work placement which takes place encouraged to go beyond the curriculum and to Graduates from the Digital Innovation and (to be selected in year two of study). during the third year of a four-year sandwich explore subjects that attract their interest. Entrepreneurship pathway are able to work degree course. Students enjoy a wide range of 4 years, with one-year professional Students have the choice of studying on one for a large organisation, identifying and opportunities in business areas such as finance, work placement. of five distinct pathways, detailed over the reacting to threats of technology-based marketing and human resource management. following pages. disruptive innovation, as well as being in Entry requirements a position to launch a digital startup. Cass students have recently taken up Typical requirements: At any time during the first one-and-a-half placements within many leading corporate years of the degree, students can switch to organisations including EY, Goldman Sachs, A-level: AAA. The International Business pathway is ideal for a different pathway, subject to the availability students looking to work for a multinational IBM, L’Oréal, GSK, Morgan Stanley, UBS, IB: 35 points overall, with a minimum of places. Some restrictions may apply if the organisation, interacting with clients from Unicef UK and Warner Bros. of 5 in each subject. student is spending part of the second year across the globe, or in any other type of Work Placements are not guaranteed, but our In addition, the following is required: on a study abroad scheme. organisation that has an international reach. placements team will help students to find GCSE: A minimum of grade 5/grade C in Course structure The Business with Finance pathway placements and ensure students are work ready. English and grade 6/grade B (A-level and prepares students for a financial career Students on all pathways also have the Core modules, common to all pathways, Access to Higher Education applicants) in any large or medium-sized business, option to apply to study abroad at one of our provide a solid grounding in the principles or grade 7/grade A (all other qualification where the combination of management prestigious partner universities. These include and practice of all fundamental aspects of combinations) in Mathematics. skills and financial understanding make Singapore Management University, Singapore; business management. A choice of specialised them an invaluable asset. University of Sydney, Australia; University English language requirements electives is offered in years two and three of Texas at Austin, USA; IE University, Spain IELTS: 6.5 overall with a minimum to strengthen students’ knowledge and Graduates from the Business with Marketing among many others. However, students of 6.0 in each component. skills and to introduce them to the most pathway can seek roles either with a business who wish to graduate from the International recent trends and issues in both theory specialising in areas such as advertising, Business pathway must spend part of their and practice. Third-year electives cover a publicity or market research, or within the degree at an overseas partner university. range of topics and are not restricted to the marketing team of a large organisation. specialist areas represented by the pathways. The study abroad period for all pathways could take place during the first term of the second In year three, students also have the year of a three-year degree, or as a sandwich opportunity to demonstrate their ability year, extending the degree to four years. to pursue in-depth independent research Business Management Foundation year and study on a business-related theme of UCAS code: N12F Choosing to study abroad or take a professional their choice in the form of the final-year work placement enables students to expand The Foundation year is designed to prepare their international network of contacts, project. If students are following a specialist students for the key subjects that will form pathway route, the final-year project theme increase their confidence and maturity and the core of the rest of their degree in Business enhance their future career prospects. For the most current and comprehensive must be related to the chosen pathway. Management. This is an additional year information about this course, please visit In all three years of students’ degrees we which leads into the main degree. Upon Our dedicated Placements and Study Abroad our website. We accept a range of other offer six language options at several levels successful completion, students will have teams are on hand to support students through qualifications. Please refer to the Applying as extracurricular courses. Please visit our obtained a fundamental knowledge of the work experience and study abroad process. to City section at the back of this prospectus. website for more information: mathematics, statistics, economics, IT and www.cass.city.ac.uk/courses/undergraduate business management which will ensure that Course webpage they are fully prepared to enter the first year www.city.ac.uk/cbma of the main degree. Enquiries For further information on the Foundation Telephone: +44 (0) 20 7040 4040 year, visit: www.cass.city.ac.uk/courses/ Web: www.city.ac.uk/contact undergraduate/courses 104 City, University of London www.city.ac.uk 105 Undergraduate Prospectus 2020/21 Business Management Business with Finance BSc BSc

This degree gives a solid grounding in the key areas of Students gain an understanding of the various elements business management and provides the essential skills of running a business and managing an organisation, and tools managers require. with a thorough grounding in finance.

These include strategy, marketing, finance, Students on the Business Management degree The choice to focus on finance in the second Students taking Business with Finance operations management, accounting, people are expected to be effective team workers and and final years makes students exceptionally take introductory modules in a wide range and organisations, economics, business critical thinkers and to demonstrate these well equipped to take their places in the of business subjects, such as accounting, statistics and human resource management. activities within the course. These and other finance operation of a large company or marketing, operations management and Graduates in Business Management abilities are developed to prepare students for to work in the financial services sector. human resources. They gain a good grounding an uncertain world when they graduate and in economics and econometrics and also Cass Business School Business with Finance BSc Cass Business BSc School Management Business benefit from understanding a wide range Graduates in Business with Finance combine of business functions and appreciating to ready them to continue to learn throughout a sound understanding of and strong have an opportunity to pursue a wide how they interconnect. They develop their careers and to adapt to a working commitment to management concepts range of more specialist elective subjects analytical and problem-solving skills environment which will change over the years. with a thorough grounding in finance. which could cover areas such as asset which can be applied across these different Within the Business Management degree They understand the details of financial management and mergers and acquisitions. functions. They understand why businesses students have the option to choose from markets and the finance processes within an Students taking Business with Finance have are complex and they can navigate the a wide range of elective modules, which organisation, but can also understand topics the opportunity to benefit from Cass expertise issues created by this complexity. provide scope for participants to personalise related to management and strategy in the in understanding finance and from studying A Business Management degree provides the degree to suit their own interests. context of the finance sector. close to one of the world’s financial an excellent grounding for a career in There is a common thread throughout the A degree in Business with Finance provides hubs in the City of London. management consultancy, or as a strategist degree of matching concepts with business an exceptional insight into the management While specialising in finance, students or trouble-shooter within a large business. practice. At every stage students are issues facing both the financial services taking Business with Finance also have It provides a sound foundation for graduates introduced to management theory but are sector and the finance functions in a range the opportunity to choose from a broader who go on to work as entrepreneurs or in also expected to consider how this could of organisations. This, combined with an range of elective subjects. small businesses, who can apply concepts be applied in a contemporary business. In understanding of corporate finance and Students complete a final-year project from the course within their careers. The parallel with developing an understanding financial management, places graduates in which must be related to their specialism in principles covered in the degree are also of management theory, students develop an exceptional position to take on key roles finance. The project provides an opportunity relevant for graduates who go on to work in practical skills that can be used in business. which can have a strategic influence within to carry out independent work and to apply the public sector or non-profit organisations. The material covered in the Business the finance sector and elsewhere. concepts learned during the course to a Management course has been developed in the practical business issue. It also provides light of detailed consultations with employers, students with a chance to go beyond the to provide a sound basis for future careers. course content in studying a particular subject that might be of interest. UCAS code UCAS code UCAS code UCAS code N102 N121 N1N3 N131 Duration Duration Duration Duration 3 years. 4 years. 3 years. 4 years. (See pages 102-103 With one-year (See pages 102-103 With one-year for work placement professional for work placement professional and study abroad work placement. and study abroad work placement. options.) options.)

For the most current and comprehensive For the most current and comprehensive information about this course, please visit information about this course, please visit our website. We accept a range of other our website. We accept a range of other qualifications. Please refer to the Applying qualifications. Please refer to the Applying to City section at the back of this prospectus. to City section at the back of this prospectus. 84% th of the School’s Course webpage Course webpage www.city.ac.uk/cbma 6 www.city.ac.uk/cbma research was judged as world-leading or Enquiries in the UK for Business Enquiries Telephone: +44 (0) 20 7040 4040 and Management research Telephone: +44 (0) 20 7040 4040 internationally excellent Web: www.city.ac.uk/contact Web: www.city.ac.uk/contact (REF2014) (REF2014) 106 City, University of London www.city.ac.uk 107 Undergraduate Prospectus 2020/21 Business with Marketing BSc

This pathway provides students with a knowledge of marketing that is grounded in theory and practice.

The degree suits students who are interested Students start their course with a broad in key aspects of marketing such as buyer introduction to business management and behaviour, branding and communications, start to specialise in marketing part-way customer insights, digital marketing and through their second year. Marketing is marketing strategy. Students acquire core and covered both by specialist modules which specialised marketing knowledge along with address essential concepts around branding, transferable skills that prepare them for a communication and consumer behaviour Cass Business School Business with Marketing BSc wide range of roles in the marketing industry. and electives which allow students to Graduates in Business with Marketing are choose subjects of interest within marketing. able to apply contemporary approaches These reflect the breadth and variety of to marketing to their understanding of the marketing function in contemporary business management. Marketing is a rapidly businesses and provide an excellent basis evolving field as well as a broad one and in on which to enter a career in marketing. recent years has been transformed by the Students taking Business with Marketing availability of large amounts of data and are also able to choose from a broad range the use of social media to convey marketing of electives in their second and third years. messages. Moreover an understanding of Students are able to draw on Cass expertise marketing can contribute to a deep insight into in different aspects of marketing and are a business’s strategy and the key decisions encouraged to engage with employers and that must be taken to ensure its success. to relate their studies to practical examples. Students on this specialism are expected to carry out a final-year project which has a marketing element. This is an opportunity to carry out independent research and to relate course concepts to practical marketing issues. Students have the opportunity to develop their own research topics and are encouraged to collect data and carry out a distinctive analysis to generate their own insights. UCAS code UCAS code N1N5 N151 Duration Duration 3 years. 4 years. (See pages 102-103 With one-year for work placement professional and study abroad work placement. options.)

For the most current and comprehensive information about this course, please visit our website. We accept a range of other qualifications. Please refer to the Applying th to City section at the back of this prospectus. 15 Course webpage www.city.ac.uk/cbma in Europe in the

Enquiries Financial Times 2017 Pictured: Kingsley Tong (Banking and International Finance with Placement BSc, Telephone: +44 (0) 20 7040 4040 European Business fourth year) photographed at Deloitte in the City of London. Web: www.city.ac.uk/contact School rankings 108 City, University of London www.city.ac.uk 109 Undergraduate Prospectus 2020/21 Business Management, International Business Digital Innovation BSc and Entrepreneurship BSc Students gain an understanding of the various elements of running a business and managing This pathway provides students with the skills to an organisation on an international level. understand technological and innovation trends *Students must meet The International Business degree offers International Business graduates bring an and their impact on the operations of organisations. a certain grade criterion during their a broad general introduction to a range of international perspective to the organisations first year to be able topics essential for every well-equipped they join, aided both by time in London as a Students also gain an understanding of Students on this course supplement the to take part in the executive, but the core focus is on the area leading world city and in one of our partner replacement term of international business. universities around the world. The course has the processes involved in creating digital introductory knowledge of business abroad programme. startups from inception to launch. Upon management with detailed exploration of the If students do not an element of reflection on these experiences Students must spend some time at one Cass Business BSc Business School International completion of the course, students know how workings of digital business. They will also meet this criterion of our overseas partner universities. built into it, so that graduates develop a they can transfer to detailed understanding of how to do business to help organisations identify and react to look at the process of new venture creation the sandwich year Students choose between the following opportunities and threats of technology-based as a specialist subject and consider how (with study abroad) two study abroad options: both locally and globally. disruptive innovation. digital ventures can be proposed, funded and route or onto one of — Students spend the first term of their second While International Business students developed. Students also have the option to the other Business take the same core management subjects Graduates in Business Management, Digital Management streams. year studying equivalent modules at a partner Innovation and Entrepreneurship combine a choose from a wide range of elective modules university abroad. This option allows students as those on other pathways, they have the general understanding of business management covering business management as a whole. to complete their degree in three years.* opportunity to take further material related with specialised in-depth knowledge of the Students benefit from the proximity of — Students spend a sandwich year abroad at to international business in preparation for challenges associated with high-tech and London’s technology cluster in Tech City, one of our partner universities abroad in- studying abroad. While at one of our partner entrepreneurial businesses. They have a from Cass expertise in the management of between their second and final year of study. universities they are expected to study and sound knowledge of the business models innovations and from Cass's contacts with This option extends the degree to four years. review approaches to business associated with the region where they are studying. adopted by such organisations, of the economics entrepreneurs. They study the particular The final-year project focuses on an area surrounding the technology sector and of the demands of managing in a rapidly of international business that students have Students on this pathway study the international different techniques and approaches that can changing environment. They also study encountered during their time overseas. business environment and international contribute to the success of startup businesses. the implications of major transformations marketing as specialised subjects. They in the technology available to businesses investigate the effects of external factors on an

Cass Business School Business Management, Digital Innovation and Entrepreneurship BSc and to individuals and look at businesses’ UCAS code organisation and consider how these factors responses to disruptive innovations that impact the organisation. On return to Cass N120 change some of the fundamental assumptions they study subjects including international within which organisations operate. Duration business strategy, in which students consider Students taking this option are expected 3 years. how their understanding of strategic management fits with international concepts. to include a digital or entrepreneurial With one of the following compulsory routes: element in their final-year project. This Students on this pathway are expected to UCAS code UCAS code Replacement term of study abroad (to be offers considerable scope to pursue areas of carry out a final-year project with an element selected in year one of study). N103 N113 interest and to explore the potential for new concerned with international business. This Duration Duration types of business. Because this is an evolving Study abroad year, to extend degree to is an opportunity to complete a major piece of 4 years (to be selected in year two of study). 3 years. 4 years. field students have opportunities to develop independent work and students are expected to their own concepts which extend the issues Or the following optional route: demonstrate that they can apply concepts from (See pages 102-103 With one-year discussed within the course. their studies in a practical business environment. for work placement professional Work placement year, to extend degree to and study abroad work placement. 4 years (only available with replacement options.) term of study abroad).

For the most current and comprehensive For the most current and comprehensive information about this course, please visit information about this course, please visit our website. We accept a range of other £10 our website. We accept a range of other qualifications. Please refer to the Applying qualifications. Please refer to the Applying to City section at the back of this prospectus. to City section at the back of this prospectus.

Course webpage Course webpage www.city.ac.uk/cbma million www.city.ac.uk/cbma 30+ institutions worldwide Enquiries The Cass Entrepreneurship Enquiries Telephone: +44 (0) 20 7040 4040 Fund provides support for Telephone: +44 (0) 20 7040 4040 where Cass students can Web: www.city.ac.uk/contact student entrepreneurs at Cass Web: www.city.ac.uk/contact study abroad 110 City, University of London www.city.ac.uk 111 Undergraduate Prospectus 2020/21 Finance courses 88% Expertise in employment or further One of the largest finance The three finance degrees provide students with the knowledge study six months after faculties in Europe and skills required for a successful career in the increasingly completing the course competitive world of global finance and banking. (DHLE 2015/16)

These flexible degrees in finance provide In year three, students are also given the Duration Accreditation

detailed knowledge of how financial markets opportunity to demonstrate their ability to Cass Business School Finance courses Graduates from these degrees can gain 3 years. work, how companies make investment, formulate, execute and write up some finance- exemptions from the ACCA (Association of With the following optional routes: financing and acquisition decisions and related research in the form of a final-year Chartered Certified Accountants), ICAEW how modern banks operate. project. This option is available to students Replacement term of study abroad (Institute of Chartered Accountants in who have performed particularly well in year (to be selected in year one of study). Students have the choice of studying on one England and Wales) and ICAS (The Institute of three degrees, each of which is detailed two and, to help execute the project, each Professional work placement or study of Chartered Accountants of Scotland). in the following pages. These degrees provide student is paired with an appropriate faculty abroad year, to extend degree to 4 years specialisms in: Banking and International member who supervises the project. (to be selected in year two of study). Opportunities for work Finance; Finance; Investment and Financial placements and study abroad 4 years, with one-year professional Risk Management. Career opportunities work placement. Students can switch between degrees at any The majority of graduates from Banking and A key part of these degrees is the opportunity time during the first one-and-a-half years of International Finance embark on careers in to gain professional work experience or to Entry requirements the fast-paced world of global finance. Many experience a period of study abroad. Typical requirements: the course (subject to availability of places). join investment banks and secure positions Cass students enjoy a wide range of work A-level: AAA. Course structure in trading, investment banking and sales. placement opportunities in business areas Others join brokerage houses, enter careers IB: 35 points overall, with a minimum such as corporate finance, operations, sales The first year provides students with a in operations or consultancy or take up of 5 in each subject. and trading, prime brokerage and hedge funds. strong foundation in all of the core areas postgraduate study. In addition, the following is required: of finance. The modules taught focus on Students on our finance courses have recently financial markets, banking, economics, Graduates of BSc Finance are well placed taken up placements within many leading GCSE: A minimum of grade 5/grade C in accounting, quantitative techniques to enter a career in the finance industry, corporate organisations, including AXA IM, English and grade 6/grade B (A-level and (mathematics and stats) and business skills. working for financial intermediaries, in Goldman Sachs, UBS, Lloyds Banking Group Access to Higher Education applicants) Within these modules there is a focus on the treasuries division of multinational and Morgan Stanley. Work placements are or grade 7/grade A (all other qualification developing an understanding of relevant firms, for brokerage houses (securities and/ not guaranteed, but our placements team will combinations) in Mathematics. tools and then applying them to solving or insurance), in auditing and consulting, help students to find placements and ensure within central banks and regulatory offices, English language requirements practical problems encountered by those students are work ready. working in the finance industry. The modules in enterprise risk management divisions and IELTS: 6.5 overall with a minimum as analysts for debt and equity markets. Students of all pathways have the option to of 6.0 in each component. develop students’ skills in areas such as apply to study abroad. The study abroad period mathematics, statistics, data handling, The majority of graduates from Investment for all pathways could take place during the computing and also in presenting their work. and Financial Risk Management enter first term of the second year of a three-year The first term of year two further develops challenging and rewarding careers in the degree, or as a sandwich year, extending the students’ core knowledge of finance, with investment and risk management field degree to four years. and in the fund management industry. courses in derivatives and corporate finance Students can choose to study abroad at a range as well as accounting. Students must also Graduates keen to employ their specialist quantitative modelling skills take up front- of prestigious partner universities. These study econometrics, which forms the basis of include the McIntire School of Commerce, Finance Foundation year quantitative modelling and testing techniques office roles such as trading bonds and stocks, while others are employed in market risk University of Virginia, USA; Queensland UCAS code: N3NF in finance. In the second half of year two, University of Technology, Australia; Bocconi students split into their three pathway groups management and fund management or with The Foundation Year is designed to prepare regulators such as the Bank of England University, Italy; and the Mannheim Business students for the key subjects that will and distinct specialist modules are provided School, Germany, among many others. to each group. Students can also choose and the Financial Conduct Authority. form the core of the rest of their degree in Our dedicated Placements and Study Abroad Finance. This is an additional year which two electives to suit their own interests and aspirations in subjects such as investments, teams are on hand to support students through leads into the main degree. Upon successful the work experience and study abroad process. completion, student will have obtained a risk analysis, law and real estate. For the most current and comprehensive fundamental knowledge of mathematics, In year three, degree-specific modules information about this course, please visit statistics, economics and IT which will enable students to gain further in-depth our website. We accept a range of other ensure that they are fully prepared to enter theoretical and applied knowledge of their qualifications. Please refer to the Applying the first year of the main degree. chosen specialist area. Elective modules allow to City section at the back of this prospectus. students to specialise or to branch out into For further information on the Foundation areas such as financial accounting, corporate Enquiries year, visit: www.cass.city.ac.uk/courses/ strategy, insurance or regulation. Telephone: +44 (0) 20 7040 4040 undergraduate/courses Web: www.city.ac.uk/contact 112 City, University of London www.city.ac.uk 113 Undergraduate Prospectus 2020/21

Banking and International Finance BSc Finance BSc

This degree provides students with the knowledge and skills Students on this degree specialise in analysis of that are essential for success in the modern banking industry. corporate finance and mergers and acquisition issues.

The common core material on the degree The degree benefits from Cass's world-class Graduates from the course are well suited to Students also have access to a large set of Cass Business School Finance BSc provides fundamental knowledge of faculty who conduct research into topics roles within the finance and treasury divisions elective modules in years two and three in economics, finance, accounting, quantitative including financial intermediation and of global enterprises, in corporate finance diverse areas including financial engineering, methods (mathematics and statistics) and international finance. The same faculty advisory teams, in investment banks and in banking, law and insurance. business skills. Students then proceed members also actively consult for global banks consultancy firms focusing on issues related to The Finance degree benefits greatly from to develop an in-depth knowledge of the and regulators around the world. Two dedicated corporate structure, strategy and management. the existence of two well-respected Research banking industry and the challenges it Research Centres in the School, the Centre for Students of BSc Finance begin their studies Centres in Cass, the Centre for Research in currently faces. In year two students will Banking Research and the Emerging Markets by completing common core modules with Corporate Governance and the Mergers and learn about international banking and bank Group, deliver research of the highest standard students on other finance pathways during Acquisitions Research Centre. These Centres, risk management and in year three they and attract the most eminent banking and the first year and a half of the course. These staffed by Cass faculty, are hubs for the develop core knowledge of international international finance speakers to Cass. modules provide essential tools in the areas production of research into corporate finance Cass Business School Banking and International Finance BSc financial markets and monetary economics. The Cass research culture is especially of economics, accounting, finance, banking, and governance issues and members of the These core disciplines are supplemented relevant for those students who opt to write mathematics/statistics and business skills. Centres regularly undertake consulting work by a range of electives in diverse areas a final-year project, as they are assigned a In the remainder of the degree, Finance for industry. Thus, students benefit from such as accounting, corporate social supervisor who guides and supports them students start to specialise. In year two receiving instruction from faculty members responsibility, financial engineering and through the completion of the project. The they must take core modules in company whose knowledge combines theoretical law. The aim is to provide students with the project pushes students to think deeply and valuation and corporate risk management, rigour with a practical understanding knowledge base to understand the banking creatively about a specific important question while in year three they are required to of current industry-relevant issues. sector and the analytical and critical skills in banking and international finance and study corporate strategy and mergers and This research culture at Cass is especially to evaluate questions and challenges how to best answer that question using acquisitions. The focus of these courses relevant for students who opt to write a that might arise within the sector. the tools that the degree has provided. is not only on transferring knowledge, final-year project, as they are assigned Upon completion of the degree, graduates but on creating graduates who can apply a faculty supervisor who guides and are able to understand the different business their knowledge to identifying and solving supports them through the completion of models of financial institutions, including practical problems in corporate finance. the project. The project pushes students global banks, new challengers and fintech to think deeply and creatively about a companies. They also appreciate the risks to specific important question in finance and which these institutions are exposed, how how to best answer that question using to evaluate and manage them and the main the tools that the degree has provided. regulations with which they must comply. Graduates from BSc Finance are well suited UCAS code UCAS code This knowledge places students in an UCAS code UCAS code N3N3 N3N1 to many roles. As practitioners of company N302 N312 excellent position to pursue a career in valuation techniques, they are valuable in banking or in a consulting firm working Duration Duration equity research departments and to fund Duration Duration with financial institutions. 3 years. 4 years. 3 years. 4 years. managers. Given their knowledge of the theory Recent employers include American Express, and practice of corporate risk management (See pages 110-111 With one-year (See pages 110-111 With one-year Bank of America, Merrill Lynch, Barclays for work placement professional techniques, they are well suited to roles in for work placement professional Bank, Citi, Credit Suisse, Deloitte, JP Morgan, corporate treasury departments. Their ability and study abroad work placement. and study abroad work placement. KPMG, Morgan Stanley, Nomura Holdings, options.) to analyse corporate reorganisations, such as options.) PwC and RBS. mergers and acquisitions, make them ideal candidates for roles in corporate finance advisory teams in investment banks. For the most current and comprehensive For the most current and comprehensive information about this course, please visit information about this course, please visit our website. We accept a range of other our website. We accept a range of other qualifications. Please refer to the Applying qualifications. Please refer to the Applying to City section at the back of this prospectus. to City section at the back of this prospectus.

Course webpage Course webpage www.city.ac.uk/cubf £28,000 www.city.ac.uk/cufi 100+ is the median starting organisations offering Enquiries Enquiries Telephone: +44 (0) 20 7040 4040 salary of graduates Telephone: +44 (0) 20 7040 4040 work placement and Web: www.city.ac.uk/contact Web: www.city.ac.uk/contact (DHLE 2015/16) internship opportunities 114 City, University of London www.city.ac.uk 115 Undergraduate Prospectus 2020/21 Investment and Financial Risk Management BSc

This degree is focused on providing students with the skills to succeed in global financial markets in roles including portfolio management, security analysis, equity and bond trading, hedge fund analysis and derivatives pricing and structuring.

The common core of the degree covers the and regulators. Thus, the staff on the course first year and a half of study and provides combine academic and theoretical expertise students with essential skills in economics, with strong ties to industry and current working accounting, finance, banking, mathematics/ knowledge of the challenges and opportunities statistics and business skills. There is emphasis facing financial institutions. on developing students’ skills in data handling, The research focus of the members of the report writing and giving presentations. Faculty of Finance is especially relevant for Students then begin to specialise in the students who opt to write a final-year project, second half of year two with degree-specific as they are assigned a supervisor who guides core modules covering portfolio theory and and supports them through the completion asset management. In year three there are of the project. The dissertation pushes further core modules in fixed-income portfolio students to think creatively about important

management and asset-liability management. current questions in financial markets and Cass Business School Investment and Financial Risk Management BSc These specialist modules develop key skills to consider how best to answer them using required by traders, portfolio managers and risk the tools that the degree has provided. analysts. The core modules are supplemented Graduates from the course are trained to be by a diverse set of electives in areas such as analytical and critical thinkers who are capable international banking and finance, insurance, of attacking practical problems using the financial engineering and law. appropriate tools. Their expertise in investment The Investment and Financial Risk Management analysis and portfolio optimisation makes degree benefits from the existence of the them strong candidates for positions in hedge Centre for Asset Management Research within funds and actively managed equity funds. Cass Business School. This Centre houses a Their exposure to modern risk measurement team of academics focused on researching and modelling techniques will help them issues in fund management, hedge funds and gain roles in risk management departments equity trading. The members of the Centre are in banks. Their understanding of modern also frequent consultants to financial firms bond, equity and derivatives markets leads to graduates being excellent candidates for UCAS code UCAS code trading positions in banks and funds. N390 N319 Overall, graduates from the course are in an exceptional position to pursue a career Duration Duration in investment banking and the asset 3 years. 4 years. management industry. (See pages 110-111 for With one-year Recent employers include Barclays Capital, work placement and professional BNP Paribas, Citi, Credit Suisse, Deutsche Bank, study abroad options.) work placement. Morgan Stanley and RBS. Magdalena Dunicz Investment and Financial Risk For the most current and comprehensive Management BSc, third year information about this course, please visit The emphasis since day one on gaining professional our website. We accept a range of other experience has given me a competitive mind-set, which qualifications. Please refer to the Applying is useful for graduate recruitment. I like that we can to City section at the back of this prospectus. choose to study specialised modules and participate in Course webpage many networking events, both on campus and across www.city.ac.uk/cufi 95.3% London. I successfully completed a summer internship in employment or further in the risk division at Goldman Sachs and I'm looking Enquiries forward to joining the firm as an analyst after I Telephone: +44 (0) 20 7040 4040 study after six months graduate; a very exciting prospect to have. Web: www.city.ac.uk/contact (DHLE 2015/16) SCHOOL of Health Sciences

116 City, University of London www.city.ac.uk 117 Undergraduate Prospectus 2020/21

The School of Health Sciences at City, University of London is a leader in the field of healthcare education Onitha Islam Children's Nursing BSc, third year and health policy due to its interdisciplinary approach The clinical rooms where we practise our nursing skills at City are extremely impressive. Being able to and world-class research. practise has given me the confidence boost I needed as a nursing student, before going into placement. The placements I have completed since starting the course have been a real highlight for me. After working in a nursery, a ward and in an accident and emergency department, I have been able to develop my skills in previously unimaginable ways. These experiences have allowed me to get a taste of what it will really be like once I am a qualified nurse.

School of Health Sciences

Sean Taylor Adult Nursing BSc, third year My decision to study Adult Nursing at City was due to the diversity in the academic staff and their wide range of specialisms. What also attracted me Degrees offered was how diverse City is and how such diversity is 120 Adult Nursing BSc considered a priority. Male nurses have a lot they 124 Children’s Nursing BSc can offer to the profession, not only for the benefit of 126 Health and Social Care BSc patients but also for their colleagues. That is why I 128 Mental Health Nursing BSc am committed to encouraging more men to consider 130 Midwifery BSc nursing as a career; it’s a rewarding profession that 132 Optometry BSc or MOptom or is open to everyone and offers many opportunities. Introduction to Optometry HE Certificate 134 Radiography (Diagnostic Imaging) BSc 136 Radiography (Radiotherapy and Oncology) BSc 138 Speech and Language Science BSc 140 Speech and Language Therapy BSc Also pictured on facing page: Poppy Croucher 118 City, University of London www.city.ac.uk 119 Undergraduate Prospectus 2020/21

The School of Health Sciences is a world-leading provider Research excellence at the School The next step Diagnostic radiographers decide which examination of healthcare education and applied healthcare research to perform, advising on procedures and reporting on Choosing an undergraduate degree is one of the most in the UK and overseas. Health Sciences students are of Health Sciences diagnostic images. Therapeutic radiographers treat important decisions students will make. The pages introduced to the working healthcare environment The School has an outstanding reputation for applied cancer patients with radiation therapy, one of the most that follow contain detailed information on each of from the beginning of their courses. They undertake healthcare research that influences health provision effective methods for helping to control and cure this placements at some of London’s leading hospitals both in the UK and overseas. In the most recent Research the degrees we offer, including overviews of course disease. Radiographers may progress to advanced and private healthcare providers and benefit from Excellence Framework (REF) 2014, 82 per cent of the structures, entry requirements and career opportunities. and consultant practice status, move into research or simulated learning within our excellent on-site facilities research submitted by the School was rated as either Here we provide a short overview of what to expect become lecturers and train others in the profession. which include a state-of-the-art Clinical Skills Centre, world-leading (4-star) or internationally excellent (3-star). from undergraduate study in our fields of expertise: In all areas of their work, radiographers can make a specialist laboratories, radiography VERT suite and two Staff are involved in research in the fields of vision Nursing: Nursing is a challenging and rewarding real difference to both patients and practitioners. on-campus clinics: City Sight and the Roberta Williams sciences, language and communication sciences, profession that makes a real difference to people’s Speech and Language: Speech and language therapy Speech and Language Therapy Centre, which provide maternal and child health, healthcare delivery, mental lives. It is much more than a job – it is a lifelong is a challenging and fast-developing profession. a comprehensive range of services and educational health nursing and public health. Research-active staff career in which nurses can develop their skills and It is a fascinating and rewarding career for those resources in vision and speech and language sciences. contribute to education at the undergraduate level interests within a range of specialisms. A career in interested in the nature of human communication and ensuring our curricula are informed by the latest findings: nursing puts graduates at the forefront of modern Preparing for the future wishing to work with people with a communication School of Health Sciences Introduction Students of language and communication science healthcare delivery. Nurses work in many different impairment – anything from a stammer or hearing The School is committed to ensuring students graduate may learn from staff who are pioneering new healthcare settings, from hospitals and schools loss to loss of speech following a stroke. Speech and with the skills, confidence and experience to succeed studies into British Sign Language acquisition to patients’ homes, with the opportunity to work language therapists work with clients of all ages and in a range of careers in the health sector. As a health among deaf and hearing impaired children, or who in rural, urban and overseas settings. A career in across a range of settings, including health centres, graduate, students have the opportunity to enter one of are developing new approaches to helping people nursing also offers a range of professional progression hospitals, schools, charities and universities. A the country’s largest employment sectors, experiencing with aphasia communicate through gesture. and the opportunity to continue with education degree in Speech and Language Science provides a the challenges and rewards that come from working at postgraduate level alongside employment. more interdisciplinary overview of communication, within healthcare, the potential for progression and In nursing and midwifery our staff are exploring how with the option to take modules within the social Midwifery: Midwives support women, parents and a varied and diverse lifelong career. Graduates of patients with long-term health conditions can better sciences and to move into professions where families at one of the most crucial times of their the School enjoy excellent employment prospects. manage their health and what impact birth settings communication skills and processes are central. can have on neonatal outcomes. lives: during pregnancy, childbirth and the postnatal period. Midwives play a vital role in promoting and Health and Social Care: Graduates of this course Optometry students learn alongside academic staff maintaining health, facilitating normal childbirth and are able to undertake a wide range of roles within whose interests span areas such as eye diseases and helping women make informed choices about their the public sector (such as the NHS) and also the ophthalmic public health and whose research directly care. Midwifery is a rewarding and challenging career not-for-profit (voluntary) and private/independent informs clinical practice. in which midwives can make a positive contribution care sectors. The study of health and social care at Students in clinical training may work with world to the lives of every child and parent in their care. City is specifically designed to address challenges in leaders in telehealth or with teams working on modern health and social care systems. The course Optometry: Optometrists are responsible for adopts a multidisciplinary and evidence-based implementing the changing evidence base in a range examining eyes, recognising any sign of ocular of areas, including blood transfusion practice. approach, drawing on a wide range of insights and or general disease affecting the eyes and, where research from medicine, sociology, psychology, appropriate, prescribing spectacles, contact lenses economics, philosophy and related disciplines. and low vision aids. With further postgraduate training, optometrists are also permitted to prescribe Selection days various drugs for the treatment of eye diseases. Students applying to courses in the areas of midwifery, Optometry is a flexible and rewarding career offering nursing, radiography and speech and language independent and fulfilling work with patients. therapy are required to attend a selection day at Radiography: Radiographers are a central part of City, University of London as part of the application the modern healthcare team in hospitals and need an process. Selection days run from November to June. understanding of technology, anatomy, physiology, For more information, visit: physics and pathology to carry out their work. www.city.ac.uk/health/selection-day

Arjun Karan Sarai Optometry BSc, graduate Meeting new, like-minded people on the course and understanding optometry as a process have been the most enjoyable aspects of studying at City. It’s a very friendly university and I was made to feel welcome Find out more from the start. The modern facilities have provided www.city.ac.uk/health an excellent place to learn and refine my clinical skills. I have also been on placement at Moorfields The information on these pages is correct at the time Eye Hospital, where I worked with ophthalmologists of print (February 2019). However, this prospectus and saw surgeries which put theory into practice. only provides an overview of the content and Some aspects have been challenging, particularly structure of our degree courses, all of which are seeing patients in worst-case scenarios. It is good to be honours degrees. Certain details are subject to change exposed to this though, as it helps you learn to tailor and students should refer to our website for a full the care you’re giving to the patient's specific needs. list of the courses on offer at the School of Health Sciences and the most current and comprehensive information about any courses you are interested in. 120 City, University of London www.city.ac.uk 121 Undergraduate Prospectus 2020/21

Adult Nursing BSc

This degree prepares students for a fulfilling and rewarding career caring for people with varied health needs in hospitals, at home, in the community and primary care settings, while developing the skills to promote health, wellbeing and health equality.

Students combine theoretical study with UCAS code Duration Clinical placements clinical experience in a range of settings, Half of students’ time is spent gaining practice B701 3 years. working with London’s diverse populations experience through clinical placements and in leading hospitals and community

Entry requirements simulated practice. Placements are carried School of Health Sciences Adult Nursing BSc settings. Facilities at the School include a Typical requirements: out in settings such as acute care, continuing state-of-the-art Clinical Skills Centre, which 97% care, GP surgeries, nursing homes, private A-level: BBC. includes a simulated ward where students hospitals, patients’ homes and the community. overall student can prepare for their practice experience. Tariff: 112 UCAS tariff points (typically Placements occur within City’s ‘community BBC or a combination of A-levels and other satisfaction Course structure of practice’, a partnership of healthcare relevant qualifications). providers in central and north east London. in Adult Nursing Year one BTEC: DDM (Health and Social Care, Sport (NSS 2018) and Exercise Science or science-related The first year focuses on person-centred care Career opportunities subjects are accepted). and considers the psychological, social and Career prospects are excellent, with biological factors influencing health. Students graduates securing employment with IB: 32 points. are required to undertake a practice placement. trusts including Barts Health NHS Trust, In addition, the following is required: Year two Homerton University Hospitals NHS Foundation Trust, London GCSE: A minimum of five passes at In the second year, students continue st Hospitals NHS Foundation Trust and North grade 4/grade C, including English to explore these themes in the context of and Mathematics, or Functional Skills Hospital NHS Trust. 1 acute and long-term care. Students can English and Mathematics at Level 2. also pursue specific clinical interests on Nursing is a lifelong career where students in London for Nursing can develop their skills and interests in English language requirements a two-week elective practice placement in (The Complete University Guide 2019) addition to course clinical placements. a range of specialisms including further IELTS: 7.0 overall with a minimum advanced practice study at City. of 7.0 in each component. Year three Other courses you may like In the final year, the emphasis is on leading Accreditation and managing in professional practice. Children’s Nursing BSc This course is recognised by the Nursing Students undertake a dissertation. As part of and Midwifery Council (NMC); on successful Mental Health Nursing BSc the clinical placement experience, students completion of the course students are eligible Midwifery BSc spend the final 450 hours of the course in to apply for registration with the NMC. practice and have a placement base and opportunities to identify practice experiences Additional requirements with their practice and academic supervisors. Students are required to have occupational The course is delivered by expert staff through health and enhanced disclosure and barring Please be advised that this course has been lectures, facilitated group work and enquiry- service (DBS) clearance. Academic and approved by City, University of London based learning opportunities with access to character references are also required. for delivery. At the time of going to print online course materials, resources, interactive As part of the selection process, shortlisted (February 2019) this course is due to be activities and assessment and communication prospective students will be invited considered for approval by the Nursing and tools. An online clinical skills resource to a selection day where they will be Midwifery Council, which may result in provides step-by-step video demonstrations. required to demonstrate that their values changes to the content and structure of the Assessment includes written reports, match those of the NHS Constitution. course. We hope to confirm Nursing and An alternative for registered nurses reflective essays, group presentations and Midwifery Council approval by the end of For more information, visit: We also offer a BSc Nursing Studies course multiple-choice examinations. Practice April 2019. Please visit our website for the www.city.ac.uk/health/selection-day enabling qualified, NMC-registered nurses is assessed by the student’s practice most up-to-date course information: to top up existing qualifications to degree and academic supervisors and by an www.city.ac.uk/health level. It has been designed to give a modular Objective Structured Clinical Examination and flexible approach to study, providing the Course webpage (OSCE) in a simulated environment. opportunity to tailor the course to personal www.city.ac.uk/hadn development and goals. Enquiries Email: [email protected] Find out more Telephone: +44 (0) 20 7040 5000 www.city.ac.uk/courses/undergraduate/ nursing-studies 122 City, University of London www.city.ac.uk 123 Undergraduate Prospectus 2020/21

Poppy Croucher Childrenʼs Nursing BSc, graduate What I liked most about City is that you go to a range of wards and experience nursing in different settings. This helps you develop a breadth of knowledge and gives you a clearer idea of where you want to work when you qualify. I enjoyed working in a variety of locations and getting the opportunity to learn a significant amount. My placement was challenging but rewarding. It’s amazing when you walk away from a shift knowing that you did something that helped a family and their child.

Jordine Reid Adult Nursing BSc, third year Before studying at City, I had always assisted my grandparents with their care. Being in and out of the hospital setting with my grandmother and seeing how healthcare professionals looked after her really inspired me to get into nursing and make a difference. I have really enjoyed learning each module while studying at City. The course is organised in such a way that each individual is prepared for a career in their chosen field and I can’t wait to qualify and get started.

Also pictured: Onitha Islam. 124 City, University of London www.city.ac.uk 125 Undergraduate Prospectus 2020/21

Children’s Nursing BSc

This degree prepares students for a fulfilling and rewarding career caring for children and young people and supporting their families.

Students combine theoretical study with Practice is assessed by the student’s UCAS code Duration clinical experience in a range of settings practice and academic supervisors and by B703 3 years. working with London’s diverse populations Objective Structured Clinical Examinations Entry requirements in leading hospitals and community settings. (OSCEs) in a simulated environment. Facilities at the School include a state-of-the- Typical requirements: art Clinical Skills Centre, which includes a Clinical placements 98% A-level: BBC. BSc Nursing School of Health Sciences Children’s simulated ward where students can prepare Half of students’ time is spent gaining practice overall student Tariff: 112 UCAS tariff points (typically for their practice experience. Children’s nurses experience through clinical placements and BBC or a combination of A-levels and other care for children and young people with acute simulated practice. Placement experience satisfaction in relevant qualifications). or long-term health problems, mental ill-health, is gained in settings such as acute care in Childrenʼs Nursing special needs or terminal illness. hospitals and trusts including Great Ormond BTEC: DDM (Health and Social Care, (NSS 2018) Street Hospital, Barts Health and Homerton Children’s Care, Learning and Development, Course structure Sport and Exercise Sciences or science- University Hospital, in nursery schools, health related subjects are accepted). Year one centres, special schools, in the community In the first year the focus is on discussing with community children’s nurses and IB: 32 points. underlying foundation concepts and principles with clinical specialist children’s nurses. In addition, the following is required: associated with nursing practice and learning Career opportunities GCSE: A minimum of five passes at to apply these to children's nursing. grade 4/grade C, including English and Career prospects are excellent, with 100% Year two graduates securing employment with local Mathematics, or Functional Skills English In the second year, students build upon their of graduates are in and Mathematics at Level 2. trusts throughout London and nationwide. previous knowledge and experience and Nursing is a lifelong career where students employment and/or English language requirements develop an ability to deliver person-centred can develop their skills and interests in IELTS: 7.0 overall with a minimum care in different contexts. Students develop a range of specialisms including further further study six months of 7.0 in each component. skills of enquiry in relation to childrenʼs advanced practice study at City. nursing and childrenʼs nursing practice and after graduating Other courses you may like develop a variety of approaches to problem- Accreditation (Unistats) Adult Nursing BSc solving as well as being able to identify the limitations of their knowledge. This course is recognised by the Nursing Mental Health Nursing BSc and Midwifery Council (NMC); on successful Year three completion of the course students are eligible Midwifery BSc In the final year, students further develop to apply for registration with the NMC. advanced knowledge and skills for professional practice in childrenʼs nursing. Students will Additional requirements Please be advised that this course has been be prepared for registration so that they can Students are required to have occupational approved by City, University of London influence, manage and lead care delivery. health and enhanced disclosure and barring for delivery. At the time of going to print The course is delivered by expert staff through service (DBS) clearance. Academic and (February 2019) this course is due to be lectures, facilitated group work and enquiry- character references are also required. considered for approval by the Nursing and based learning opportunities with access to Midwifery Council, which may result in As part of the selection process, shortlisted online course materials, resources, interactive prospective students will be invited to a changes to the content and structure of the activities and assessment and communication course. We hope to confirm Nursing and selection day where they will be required to An alternative for registered nurses tools. An online clinical skills resource demonstrate that their values match those of We also offer a BSc Nursing Studies course Midwifery Council approval by the end of provides step-by-step video demonstrations. April 2019. Please visit our website for the the NHS Constitution. enabling qualified, NMC-registered nurses most up-to-date course information: Assessment strategies include a Practice For more information, visit: to top up existing qualifications to degree www.city.ac.uk/health Assessment Document (PAD) for each www.city.ac.uk/health/selection-day level. It has been designed to give a modular stage of the course, written assignments and flexible approach to study, providing the Course webpage including essays, care studies and reflective opportunity to tailor the course to personal www.city.ac.uk/hchn accounts of learning, oral presentations development and goals. and written examinations (short answer Enquiries questions, multiple choice questions, Find out more Email: [email protected] calculations, scenario-based). Telephone: +44 (0) 20 7040 5000 www.city.ac.uk/courses/undergraduate/ nursing-studies 126 City, University of London www.city.ac.uk 127 Undergraduate Prospectus 2020/21 Health and Social Care BSc 2nd 82% The health and social care landscape is undergoing significant in London for subjects of the School’s research and rapid change. This innovative degree is designed to help allied to medicine activity is rated as world- students respond to the many current and future challenges (The Times and The Sunday Times leading or internationally Good University Guide 2019) facing the health and social care system. excellent (REF2014)

This course adopts a multidisciplinary and Year two UCAS code Opportunities for study abroad evidence-based approach, drawing on a Students develop their knowledge and City’s Exchange and Study Abroad L510 wide range of insights and research from critical understanding of the concepts and programmes are a way for students to medicine, sociology, psychology, economics, Duration principles introduced in year one. They broaden their education at an overseas philosophy and other disciplines. 3 years. also acquire knowledge of the main methods university as part of their degree. For Students are encouraged to think critically of enquiry in health and social care. example, the School of Health Sciences has Entry requirements about how factors such as society, the Core modules: Erasmus Exchange Programme agreements Typical requirements: environment and geography affect our with several universities within the EU and School of Health Sciences Health and Social Care BSc — Engaging technology in experience of health and illness and students are able to study abroad for a term A-level: BBB. health and social care of health and social care services. should they wish to. Tariff: 120 UCAS tariff points (typically — Communities and health The School of Health Sciences is a world- For more information, visit: BBB or a combination of A-levels and other — Integrated and personalised leading centre for health education and www.city.ac.uk/international/ relevant qualifications). health and social care research. Drawing on the expertise of exchange-and-study-abroad BTEC: DDM (Health and Social Care or academic staff and external experts, the — Introduction to public health Science-related subject only). course combines academic rigour with the and epidemiology. Career opportunities development of the practical and transferable IB: 35 points. Elective modules (students choose The course places a high value on career skills students need to pursue a wide variety two of these): planning with students’ career development In addition, the following is required: of careers within health and social care. emphasised throughout. It is specifically GCSE: A minimum of grade 4/grade C in — Introduction to Psychology designed to provide students with the English and Mathematics or Statistics. — Sociology of race and racism Course structure knowledge and skills needed to prepare — Social psychology English language requirements Year one them for a wide variety of careers, both — Understanding social change. IELTS: 7.0 overall with a minimum The first year introduces students to the within the public sector (such as the NHS) of 6.5 in each component. key concepts and principles underpinning Year three and also the not-for-profit (voluntary) the philosophy and delivery of health Students develop a systematic understanding and private/independent care sectors. and social care and develops their ability of key aspects of health and social care, Graduate roles can include the provision of to evaluate and interpret these. including acquisition of detailed knowledge health and social care (such as working with Core modules: informed by leading research. They also vulnerable adults, children and the elderly); — Introduction to health and social care sharpen their conceptual understanding, management and administration positions; — Human development across the life course enabling them to devise and sustain public health and community development- related roles; and policy and research-related — Poverty, housing and welfare arguments and to describe and comment upon aspects of current research within work, including lobbying and advocacy. — Contemporary issues in mental health health and social care. — Health, illness and society — Academic skills for higher education. Core modules: — Using research knowledge — Leadership — Research project (dissertation). Elective modules (students choose two of these): For the most current and comprehensive — Work-based project information about this course, please visit — Personal and people development our website. We accept a range of other — Managing change qualifications. Please refer to the Applying — Health psychology to City section at the back of this prospectus. — Food, culture and society. Course webpage www.city.ac.uk/hhsc

Enquiries Email: [email protected] Telephone: +44 (0) 20 7040 5000 128 City, University of London www.city.ac.uk 129 Undergraduate Prospectus 2020/21

Mental Health Nursing BSc

This degree prepares students for a fulfilling and rewarding career in mental health nursing, which focuses on providing holistic care, enabling people with mental health problems to be physically safe and emotionally secure.

Students combine theoretical study with clinical UCAS code Duration Clinical placements experience working with London’s diverse Half of students’ time is spent gaining practice B702 3 years. populations in leading hospitals and community experience through clinical placements and settings. Facilities at the School include a st Entry requirements simulated practice. The clinical placement state-of-the-art Clinical Skills Centre, which Typical requirements: allows students to explore the journeys includes a simulated ward where students can 1 of service-users including children and A-level: BBC. prepare for their practice experience. adolescents, older people, those acutely in London for Nursing Tariff: 112 UCAS tariff points (typically School of Health Sciences Mental Health Nursing BSc unwell, those in recovery as well as those (The Times and The Sunday Times BBC or a combination of A-levels and other Course structure detained in secure settings. Good University Guide 2019) relevant qualifications). Year one BTEC: DDM (Health and Social Care, The first year focuses on relationship- Career opportunities Applied Psychology, Children’s Care, centred care and considers the City students are highly employable, Learning and Development or science- psychological, social and biological factors with graduates starting on an annual related subjects are accepted). influencing health. Students are required average salary of £25,000 in roles such to undertake a practice placement. as mental health nurse, intensive care IB: 32 points. Year two nurse, paediatric nurse and community In addition, the following is required: staff nurse in the UK’s leading hospitals 94% In the second year, students continue and trusts. Nursing is a lifelong career GCSE: A minimum of five passes at to explore these themes in the context of of graduates are in where students can develop their skills and grade 4/grade C, including English acute and long-term care. Students can interests in a range of specialisms including employment and/or and Mathematics, or Functional Skills also pursue specific clinical interests on further advanced practice study at City. English and Mathematics at Level 2. a two-week elective practice placement in further study six months English language requirements addition to course clinical placements. Accreditation after graduating IELTS: 7.0 overall with a minimum Year three This course is recognised by the Nursing (Unistats) of 7.0 in each component. In the third year, the emphasis is on leading and Midwifery Council (NMC); on successful Other courses you may like and managing in professional practice. completion of the course students are eligible Adult Nursing BSc Students undertake a 6,000-word dissertation. to apply for registration with the NMC. As part of the clinical placement experience, Children’s Nursing BSc students spend the final 12 weeks of the Additional requirements course in practice and have a placement Students are required to have occupational base and opportunities to identify practice health and enhanced disclosure and barring experiences with their mentor/supervisor. service (DBS) clearance. Academic and The course is delivered by expert staff through character references are also required. Please be advised that this course has been lectures, facilitated group work and enquiry- approved by City, University of London based learning opportunities, with access to As part of the selection process, shortlisted for delivery. At the time of going to print online course materials, resources, interactive prospective students will be invited to a (February 2019) this course is due to be activities and assessment and communication selection day where they will be required considered for approval by the Nursing and tools. An innovative method of group work to demonstrate that their values match those Midwifery Council, which may result in supports students and helps them to develop of the NHS Constitution. changes to the content and structure of the the ability to understand and process the For more information, visit: An alternative for registered nurses course. We hope to confirm Nursing and emotional impact of working in mental health. www.city.ac.uk/health/selection-day Midwifery Council approval by the end of We also offer a BSc Nursing Studies course April 2019. Please visit our website for the Assessment includes multiple-choice and enabling qualified, NMC-registered nurses most up-to-date course information: short-answer examinations, reflective essays, to top up existing qualifications to degree www.city.ac.uk/health case study reports, laboratory reports, care level. It has been designed to give a modular studies, group presentations, drug calculation and flexible approach to study, providing the Course webpage tests and a seen-scenario examination. opportunity to tailor the course to personal www.city.ac.uk/hmnu Practice is assessed by the student’s mentor/ development and goals. supervisor and practice tutor and by an Enquiries Objective Structured Clinical Examination Find out more Email: [email protected] (OSCE) in a simulated environment. Telephone: +44 (0) 20 7040 5000 www.city.ac.uk/courses/undergraduate/ nursing-studies 130 City, University of London www.city.ac.uk 131 Undergraduate Prospectus 2020/21 Midwifery BSc 2nd 100% This degree prepares students for a challenging and rewarding in London for subjects of graduates are in career as a midwife. Students combine theoretical study with allied to medicine employment and/or clinical experience in a range of settings, working with London’s (The Times and The Sunday Times further study six months Good University Guide 2019) diverse populations in leading hospitals and community settings. after graduating (Unistats)

BSc Midwifery students benefit from a Year two UCAS code Clinical placements 120-year history in educating midwives (as Using evidence in midwifery practice, B715 Sixty per cent of course time is spent the St Bartholomew School of Nursing and School of Health Sciences Midwifery BSc students develop their identity as a midwife. gaining practice experience through clinical Midwifery) and from facilities including City’s Duration Wider issues such as women’s health and placements. These occur in settings such as Clinical Skills Centre, with its state-of-the-art 3 years. the public health role of the midwife are hospitals, birthing centres, clinics, clients’ laboratories where students can practise their covered. Students are able to recognise the homes and GP surgeries, working with a caring skills prior to their placements. Entry requirements value and importance of working within a diverse and complex population. Students Typical requirements: multi-professional team to ensure the best Course structure gain unique work experience through clinical A-level: ABB. possible outcome for women and babies when placements in London’s leading hospitals and Year one complexities arise. community settings. Tariff: 128 UCAS tariff points Students develop skills, professional Core modules: (typically ABB). knowledge and an understanding of the — Reproductive biology, pathology Career opportunities BTEC: DDD (Extended Diploma in Health midwife’s role, working in partnership and pharmacology Career prospects are excellent, with and Social Care or Science-related subject). with women and multidisciplinary teams. — Developing relationships in graduates securing employment with An introduction to the fundamental IB: 33 points. midwifery practice trusts including Barts Health NHS Trust, principles of midwifery care, including — Developing skills for midwifery practice Homerton University Hospital NHS In addition, the following is required: normal childbirth, is included. — Skills for coordinating complex Foundation Trust and University College GCSE: A minimum of five passes at Core modules: midwifery care (practice experience). London Hospitals NHS Foundation Trust. grade 4/grade C, including English and — Foundation skills for midwifery practice Mathematics. Elective modules: — Developing skills for caring in normal Accreditation — Sexual health in relation to English language requirements midwifery practice (practice experience) This course is recognised by the Nursing midwifery practice IELTS: 7.0 overall with a minimum of — Introduction to human biology and Midwifery Council (NMC); on successful — Anthropology of childbirth. 7.0 in each component. — Public health, midwifery and completion of the course students are eligible to apply for registration with the NMC. healthy communities Year three — Using evidence in midwifery practice. Students gain competence in caring for Additional requirements women who choose to have midwife-led care, including home birth, as a mode of delivery. Students are required to have occupational Students are supported to develop their health and enhanced disclosure and barring autonomy and accountability as a midwife. service (DBS) clearance. Academic and character references are also required. Core modules: As part of the selection process, shortlisted — Developing autonomy in midwifery prospective students will be invited to a practice (practice experience) selection day where they will be required to — Leading and managing in demonstrate that their values match those of professional midwifery practice the NHS Constitution. — Dissertation. For more information, visit: Each module is assessed using a range of www.city.ac.uk/health/selection-day methods including written assignments, simulations, examinations, practice-based For the most current and comprehensive assessments and skills assessments. information about this course, please visit A literature-based study of 6,000 words is our website. We accept a range of other required in the final year. qualifications. Please refer to the Applying to City section at the back of this prospectus.

Course webpage www.city.ac.uk/humi

Enquiries Email: [email protected] Telephone: +44 (0) 20 7040 5000 132 City, University of London www.city.ac.uk 133 Undergraduate Prospectus 2020/21

The BSc Optometry course prepares students for their pre-registration period in high street, independent Introduction to Optometry HE Certificate Optometry BSc or MOptom practice or hospital optometry. Many of our students go UCAS code on to specialise in different branches of optometry and B513 take on leading roles in the profession. Duration Personal Development Plan (PDP) module 1 year. This elective module enables students to acquire Entry requirements City is the only university in London to offer the BSc transferable (soft) skills to aid employability. The PDP Optometry and was one of the first institutions in the world module allows students to build up their portfolio by Typical requirements: choosing events and activities using an online platform A-level: CCC (including two from the following: Biology, to provide education in technical optics, beginning in 1898. and showcasing these skills that will make them stand Chemistry, Mathematics or Physics) or any other three out to employers. There are three levels of achievement: A-level subjects excluding Languages and Religious Students benefit from state-of-the-art clinics and bronze (exploring), silver (experiencing) and gold Studies with grades BBB (or equivalent). UCAS code laboratories including the City Sight Optometry (expertise), with students required to show evidence Tariff: 96 tariff points (typically CCC from science B510 Clinic and from study, placement and employment of their achievements in order to gain an award. subjects or BBB from non-science subjects). Duration opportunities in a diverse capital city. City’s Division of Optometry and Visual Science has an excellent Clinical placements BTEC: D*DD (should be in medical science/applied 3 years. science/forensic science). We do not accept reputation with expert academics from a range of Students attend , one of Access courses. Entry requirements disciplines, including optometrists, ophthalmologists, the world’s leading eye hospitals, where they gain dispensing opticians, orthoptists, physicists, experience in observing ophthalmologists diagnose Typical requirements: psychologists, neuroscientists and biologists. In addition, the following is required: and manage eye conditions such as cataract, A-level: ABB (including two from the following: GCSE: A minimum of five passes at grade 4/grade C, age-related macular degeneration and glaucoma as Biology, Chemistry, Mathematics or Physics). Course structure including English and Mathematics. well as having the opportunity to watch surgery being Year one Tariff: 128 UCAS tariff points (typically ABB). carried out in the operating theatres. In addition, Additional requirements Students build a foundation in the basic sciences that BTEC: We do not accept BTECs or Access courses. experience is gained at the Royal National Institute Students are required to have enhanced disclosure underpin optometry and start their clinical training for the Blind’s low vision clinic in central London. from day one. Lectures are supported by tutorials and and barring service (DBS) clearance and must IB: 34 points overall, including 6 in two Higher complete an occupational health questionnaire. Level sciences and 5 in Standard Level English laboratory-based work. Career opportunities and Mathematics. Core modules: Optometry offers a varied and flexible career with Course structure In addition, the following is required: — Biological sciences opportunities in private practice, hospital eye This course has been designed for students with an GCSE: A minimum of five passes at grade 4/grade C, — Optics departments, research and education. Graduates can ambition to study Optometry at BSc level. Students including English and Mathematics. — Visual optics and measurement techniques also go on to study an advanced practice MSc at City. gain a thorough education in core subjects required — Ophthalmic lenses and dispensing to study BSc Optometry, as well as an introduction to English language requirements — Clinical skills. Accreditation clinical and professional practice. IELTS: 7.0 overall with a minimum of 7.0 in Students develop a basic knowledge of the optics Year two This course is recognised by the College of Optometrists each component. and is accredited by the General Optical Council. of vision and learn about the anatomy, physiology, In the second year, students expand and enhance their biochemistry and pathology of tissues and organs of clinical skills, developing an understanding of ocular Full registration is gained after successful completion School of Health Sciences Optometry BSc or MOptom or Introduction to Optometry HE Certificate Additional requirements the body related to ocular disease. The course provides and systemic disease coupled with the neuroscience of of the Scheme for Registration (pre-registration period). Students are required to have enhanced disclosure students with the quantitative analytical skills required and barring service (DBS) clearance and must visual perception. Clinical confidence and competence is supported by expert guidance in utilising the latest Master in Optometry to deal with applied optical calculations, as well as complete an occupational health questionnaire training in experimental method and analysis and technologies to investigate ocular abnormalities The MOptom consists of an additional year that runs before commencing the course. scientific report writing. Principles of some optometric thus preparing students for the final-year clinics. in conjunction with students’ pre-registration training instruments and techniques are also introduced. Students are required to register with the General and consists of four master’s-level modules covering: Optical Council and maintain this registration Core modules: — Visual science — Critical thinking in ophthalmic practice Core modules include: Introductory Biological throughout their degree course. Sciences, Optometric Physics, Quantitative Methods — General pathology and eye disease — Glaucoma and Introduction to Clinical Skills. — Clinical skills II — Medical retina — Contact lenses — Optometric practice. Career opportunities — Ophthalmic lenses and dispensing II Successful completion of this course will result in The MOptom prepares students for a career in — Binocular vision. a Certificate in Higher Education in Introduction to specialist optometric practice, clinical research Optometry (European Qualifications Framework Year three or the hospital eye service. level 4). This can lead to several career routes Students develop clinical skills that form the basis of Entry onto the MOptom course is limited to 20 including progression onto BSc Optometry at City For the most current and comprehensive information optometric practice by seeing patients under supervision places, subject to a selection process. Students (subject to meeting entry requirements), progression about this course, please visit our website. We accept at our in-house optometry clinic, City Sight. Students will need to obtain an aggregate of at least 60 onto other higher education courses at City or a range of other qualifications. Please refer to the carry out full eye examinations and gain specialist skills in per cent on the first three years of the Optometry other institutions, or Optical Assistant roles within primary care, paediatrics, binocular vision, contact lenses, Applying to City section at the back of this prospectus. course in order to be considered for entry. the private sector or the Hospital Eye Service. dispensing and visual impairment clinics. Course webpage Core modules: For the most current and comprehensive information www.city.ac.uk/huop — Eye disease and therapeutics about this course, please visit our website. — Clinical skills and professional practice Enquiries — Binocular vision, paediatrics and visual impairment Email: [email protected] — Contact lenses II Telephone: +44 (0) 20 7040 5000 — Research studies. 134 City, University of London www.city.ac.uk 135 Undergraduate Prospectus 2020/21

Radiography st (Diagnostic Imaging) BSc 1 100% in London for Medical of graduates are in The BSc Radiography (Diagnostic Imaging) provides students Technology, including employment and/or with the knowledge and skills to diagnose disease and trauma Radiography further study six months by producing and interpreting images. (The Complete University Guide 2019) after graduating (Unistats)

Diagnostic radiographers work at the Year two UCAS code Clinical placements forefront of technological innovations. In the second year, students move on to more City works in partnership with a range of B821 They are at the heart of modern medicine specialised subjects and begin to apply the hospital trusts in London and Essex including and specialists in using a range of imaging Duration knowledge and experience gained in year one. the , University College technologies including x-rays, ultrasound 3 years. Core modules include: London Hospital, St Maryʼs Hospital, the Royal and magnetic resonance imaging. London Hospital, the , Entry requirements — Radiography research and statistics City has one of the most well-equipped — Scientific principles of medical imaging 2 the Homerton University Hospital, the Royal Typical requirements: National Orthopaedic Hospital and Southend radiography clinical skills suites in the UK. — Professional practice in medical imaging A-level: BBB (including one of Biology, Facilities include a fully equipped radiography University Hospital. During their course, — Advanced principles of imaging in practice. Chemistry, Mathematics or Physics). clinical skills suite with two specialist students have one primary clinical placement at a main site but rotate through other hospitals to Tariff: 120 UCAS tariff points direct-digital x-ray rooms, a dedicated image Year three viewing suite and two ultrasound scanners. gain greater clinical experience. (typically BBB). During the final year, students become more School of Health Sciences Radiography (Diagnostic Imaging) BSc Diagnostic radiographers use a range of critical and evaluative in their work. BTEC: D*D*D (Applied Science or Medical imaging modalities such as conventional/ Career opportunities Core modules include: Science only). projectional radiography, fluoroscopy, City’s course has excellent employability rates; — Research exercise IB: 33 points (must include Physics). computed tomography, magnetic resonance most graduates find employment in the NHS or imaging, ultrasound and nuclear medicine. — Scientific principles of medical imaging 3 private hospitals. Graduates may also be able to In addition, the following is required: — Image interpretation practise internationally. With appropriate post- Students benefit from our close links with GCSE: Unless studying towards an Access qualification experience, graduates can also go both radiology departments in partner — Preparation for radiographic practice to HE Diploma in a relevant subject, all on to study Radiography at MSc level at City. hospitals and the radiography profession. — Management and advancement of applicants must have five GCSEs including radiographic practice. Mathematics, English Language and Double Accreditation Science at grade 4/grade C or above. Course structure Students learn in several ways including Half of the course is spent in the University lectures, seminars and professional training Following successful completion of this English language requirements and the other half on clinical placement. in the radiography clinical skills suite, which honours degree, students are professionally IELTS: 7.5 overall with a minimum simulates the clinical environment. recognised by the College of Radiographers Year one of 7.0 in each component. Work is assessed through coursework, written and are eligible to apply for registration The compulsory modules in the first year with the Health and Care Professions Council Other courses you may like examinations, presentations, class tests, introduce the principles and practice of multiple-choice tests, practical examinations and to practise in the UK. Radiography (Radiotherapy and diagnostic imaging. Year one is spent primarily clinical assessments while on clinical placement. Oncology) BSc in the University. Additional requirements Core modules: Applicants must complete a supportive — Common module 1 clinical visit feedback form in regard to — Common module 2 the discipline they apply for. These can be found on our website. — Anatomy, physiology and pathology 1 — Anatomy, physiology and pathology 2 Students are required to have occupational health and enhanced disclosure and barring — Scientific principles of medical imaging 1 service (DBS) clearance. Academic and — Digital imaging character references are also required. — Principles of imaging in practice 1 As part of the selection process, shortlisted For the most current and comprehensive — Principles of imaging in practice 2. information about this course, please visit prospective students will be invited to a our website. We accept a range of other selection day where they will be required qualifications. Please refer to the Applying to demonstrate that their values match those to City section at the back of this prospectus. of the NHS Constitution. For more information, visit: Course webpage www.city.ac.uk/health/selection-day www.city.ac.uk/hrdi

Enquiries Email: [email protected] Telephone: +44 (0) 20 7040 5000 136 City, University of London www.city.ac.uk 137 Undergraduate Prospectus 2020/21

Radiography (Radiotherapy st and Oncology) BSc 100% 1 overall student satisfaction in London for Medical The BSc Radiography (Radiotherapy and Oncology) in Radiography Technology, including gives students the knowledge and skills to work on (Radiotherapy and Radiography the frontline of cancer treatment and care. Oncology) (NSS 2018) (The Complete University Guide 2019)

Therapeutic radiographers are specialists in Year two UCAS code Career opportunities hospital healthcare teams who use advanced In their second year, students move on to more City’s course has excellent employability; B822 technology and machines to plan and deliver specialised subjects and begin to apply the nearly all graduates find employment in radiation treatment with pinpoint accuracy Duration knowledge and experience gained in year one. the NHS or private hospitals. Graduates for cancer patients. City has one of the most 3 years. Core modules: may also be able to practise internationally. well-equipped radiography clinical skills With appropriate post-qualification suites in the UK, including a life-size virtual — Radiography research and statistics Entry requirements experience, graduates can also go on radiotherapy environment (VERT). There are — Management and radiotherapy technique A Typical requirements: to study Radiography at MSc level. also close links with radiotherapy departments — Competence to practise A A-level: BBB (including one of Biology, in hospitals, the radiotherapy profession and Chemistry, Mathematics or Physics). — Radiotherapy physics and planning Accreditation industry. Excellent interpersonal skills are — Radiobiology. Tariff: 120 UCAS tariff points needed in all aspects of the profession, for Following successful completion of this (typically BBB). example, to explain complex treatment plans, Year three honours degree, students are professionally while supporting patients and their families. recognised by the College of Radiographers BTEC: D*D*D (Applied Science or Medical During the final year, the modules help students to become more critical and and are eligible to apply for registration Science only). Course structure with the Health and Care Professions Council

evaluative in their work. School of Health Sciences Radiography (Radiotherapy and Oncology) BSc to practise in the UK. IB: 33 points (must include Physics). Students spend half of their time Core modules: In addition, the following is required: at the University and the other — Holistic care Additional requirements half on clinical placement. GCSE: Unless studying towards an Access — Management and radiotherapy technique B Applicants must visit a clinical site relevant to HE Diploma in a relevant subject, all Year one — Competence to practise B1 to the discipline they apply for and then applicants must have five GCSEs including The compulsory modules in the first year — Competence to practise B2 submit a supportive visit form completed Mathematics, English Language and Double introduce students to the principles and by the supervising staff on that placement. Science at grade 4/grade C or above. — Healthcare policy and quality management practice of radiotherapy. Year one is spent — A research exercise or project. These can be found on our website. English language requirements primarily in the University. Students are required to have occupational IELTS: 7.5 overall with a minimum Core modules: Students learn through lectures, workshops, health and enhanced disclosure and barring experience in clinical departments and of 7.0 in each component. — Common module 1 service (DBS) clearance. Academic and seminars and experience in the Radiography character references are also required. Other courses you may like — Common module 2 Clinical Skills Suite. As part of the selection process, shortlisted Radiography (Diagnostic Imaging) BSc — Principles of radiotherapy practice Assessment is by coursework, written — Anatomy, physiology and oncology 1 prospective students will be invited to a examinations, class tests, multiple- selection day where they will be required — Anatomy, physiology and oncology 2 choice tests, practical examinations, to demonstrate that their values match those — Radiotherapy equipment. presentations and clinical assessments of the NHS Constitution. while on clinical placement. For more information, visit: Clinical placements www.city.ac.uk/health/selection-day City works in partnership with a range of hospital trusts in London, Essex and Surrey. Our central London sites include The Royal Free Hospital, The Royal Marsden (Chelsea), For the most current and comprehensive University College London Hospital, North information about this course, please visit Middlesex University Hospital, The London our website. We accept a range of other Clinic and St Bartholomewʼs Hospital. qualifications. Please refer to the Applying Our Essex and Surrey sites include: Queen's to City section at the back of this prospectus. Hospital Romford, Southend University Hospital and The Royal Marsden (Sutton). Course webpage During their course, students rotate around www.city.ac.uk/hrro different clinical sites in order to experience both breadth and depth of radiotherapy Enquiries practice. This will evidence flexibility and Email: [email protected] adaptability when applying for their first job. Telephone: +44 (0) 20 7040 5000 138 City, University of London www.city.ac.uk 139 Undergraduate Prospectus 2020/21 Speech and Language Science BSc The BSc in Speech and Language Science is an innovative, non- clinical degree which aims to develop a profound understanding of speech, language and communication.

Besides a theoretical insight in speech, Year three UCAS code language and communication, students The focus is on both a research project B621 develop essential skills in analytical thinking, and the nature of cognition and language Duration written and verbal communication, critical in children and adults. appraisal, teamwork and organisation. 3 years. Core modules: Students benefit from a high-quality and 82% Entry requirements research-informed education and share a — Acquired and developmental language disorders of the School’s Typical requirements: range of non-clinical modules with City’s BSc Speech and Language Therapy students. — Sociolinguistics research activity is rated A-level: BBB. — Language and gender as world-leading or

Tariff: 120 UCAS tariff points Course structure — Psychoacoustics School of Health Sciences Speech and Language Science BSc (typically ABB). Year one — Research project. internationally excellent During the first year there is a strong focus on (REF2014) BTEC: DDD (Extended Diploma in Health Learning methods include large group the study of speech, speech development, the and Social Care or Science-related subject). lectures, small-group workshops, anatomical support structures for speech and IB: 31 points. tutorials, laboratory work and online and hearing and the psychology of the individual. In addition, the following is required: self-directed learning. Student progress is Core modules: assessed by means of coursework, written GCSE: A minimum of five passes at — Articulatory phonetics, phonology and oral examinations and a research project. nd grade 4/grade C, including English and and speech development Mathematics. — Biomedical sciences 1: anatomy Career opportunities 2 English language requirements and physiology This non-clinical degree establishes in London for subjects IELTS: 6.5 overall with a minimum of 6.5 — Acoustic phonetics and audiology a firm basis for careers in which an in spoken and written components. — Lifespan studies excellent understanding of language and allied to medicine — Speech disorders, dysfluency communication processes is crucial. This Other courses you may like (The Times and The Sunday Times and augmentative and alternative can include roles in both the public and Good University Guide 2019) Speech and Language Therapy BSc communication private sectors. Our graduates also progress to postgraduate study in areas such as speech — History and theory of psychology and language therapy, education, audiology, — Language and medium 1. foreign language teaching, forensic linguistics, Year two language documentation and journalism. In year two students explore the nature of language in children and adults and study research methods. Core modules: — Applied phonetics and phonology — Biomedical sciences 2: ENT/ neurology/brain and behaviour — Developmental psychology and For the most current and comprehensive research methods information about this course, please visit — Language sciences: linguistics our website. We accept a range of other and language development qualifications. Please refer to the Applying — Instrumental techniques in speech to City section at the back of this prospectus. and hearing sciences — Forensic phonetics Course webpage www.city.ac.uk/hlas — Language and medium 2.

Enquiries Email: [email protected] Telephone: +44 (0) 20 7040 5000 140 City, University of London www.city.ac.uk 141 Undergraduate Prospectus 2020/21 Speech and Language Therapy BSc 90% 95% overall student of graduates are in City’s BSc Speech and Language Therapy has an excellent reputation satisfaction for Speech employment and/or and is based within the largest education, research and clinical and Language Therapy further study six months division in the UK for language and communication science. (NSS 2018) after graduating (Unistats)

Students learn in a world-leading environment Year three UCAS code Clinical placements from academics who are at the forefront of Students examine the nature of cognition, Placements are essential for developing the B620 their field. The innovative and research- language and communication disabilities professional and interpersonal skills necessary informed curriculum is supported by the Duration in children and adults and attend weekly to practise as a speech and language therapist. Roberta Williams Speech and Language 3 years. clinical placements. Students undertake clinical placements in our Therapy Centre, our in-house speech and Students on the BSc study the following in-house clinic, health centres, schools and language therapy clinic led by specialist Entry requirements core modules: hospitals, with the opportunity to observe a practitioners and offering our students Typical requirements: range of communication disabilities and apply excellent practice placement opportunities. — Evidence-based practice and data analysis theoretical understanding to clinical practice A-level: ABB. City has close links with speech and language — Acoustic phonetics, audiology and deafness in settings throughout London. Tariff: 128 UCAS tariff points therapy services throughout London. — Acquired and developmental language School of Health Sciences Speech and Language Therapy BSc (typically ABB). disorders Career opportunities Course structure — Autism spectrum disorder, learning BTEC: DDD (Extended Diploma in Health Graduates can work with clients of all and Social Care or Science-related subject). Year one disability, child mental health, cerebral palsy, cleft palate ages in health centres, hospitals, schools, Students explore the foundations of speech charities and universities and in the IB: 33 points. — Professional studies 3 and the process of human communication private sector, both in the UK and overseas. In addition, the following is required: in the social and clinical context. — Research project. Graduates can also progress to study an GCSE: A minimum of five passes at Core modules: Students who are achieving at 2.1 level at the advanced practice master’s at City. grade 4/grade C, including English and — Articulatory phonetics, phonology end of year two of the BSc are eligible to join Mathematics. and speech development the Master in Speech and Language Therapy Accreditation English language requirements — Biomedical sciences 1: anatomy (MSLT). The MSLT runs alongside the BSc, with On successful graduation, graduates can IELTS: 8.0 overall with a minimum and physiology students on the MSLT completing an additional apply to register with the Health and Care of 7.5 in all components. — Lifespan studies fourth year of study where they learn about Professions Council to practise as a speech — Speech disorders, dysfluency and clinical leadership and develop their skills to and language therapist. Other courses you may like augmentative and alternative master’s level in specialist clinical areas and Speech and Language Science BSc communication research. More information is available on Additional requirements our website. — Professional studies 1. Students are required to have occupational A typical week consists of three days at City, health and enhanced disclosure and barring Year two one day in a clinic and one day of private service (DBS) clearance. Students explore the nature of speech, study. The course is assessed through As part of the selection process, shortlisted communication and swallowing in coursework, clinical reports and written prospective students will be invited to a children and adults and attend weekly and practical examinations. selection day where they will be required clinical placements. to demonstrate that their values match those Core modules: of the NHS Constitution. — Applied phonetics and phonology For more information, visit: — Biomedical sciences 2: ENT/neurology/ www.city.ac.uk/health/selection-day brain and behaviour — Developmental psychology and For the most current and comprehensive research methods information about this course, please visit — Language sciences: linguistics and our website. We accept a range of other language development qualifications. Please refer to the Applying — Dysphagia, voice, motor speech to City section at the back of this prospectus. disorders, dementia — Professional studies 2. Course webpage www.city.ac.uk/hlat

Enquiries Email: [email protected] Telephone: +44 (0) 20 7040 5000 THE City Law School

142 City, University of London www.city.ac.uk 143 Undergraduate Prospectus 2020/21

Maria Kosmopoulou The City Law School is a major law school located Law LLB, second year Such a prestigious university with a long-established in the heart of legal London. The first in the United reputation for excellence was the ideal place to complete my law degree. City’s location has enabled me to gain Kingdom to educate students and practitioners at exposure to the business and legal sectors, while also making friends and vital connections with professionals all stages of legal education, it offers an impressive from across the globe. I aspire to work as a solicitor in the field of commercial law as I am drawn to the fast- range of academic and professional courses. paced environment and the variety of commercial work.

The

Rajas Chitnis Law LLB, third year The City Law School is a very diverse institution. City Law This, along with the School’s impressive connections within the legal field, has given me exposure not only to various parts of the law but also to a wide variety of perspectives, political views and cultural opinions. I am currently President of the City Law Society and work closely with the School. The greatest thing about City is that they are always finding new ways School to grow and to further enrich students’ experiences.

Aliza Iqbal Law LLB, second year The transport links, diverse community and easy access to London courts meant City was a great Degrees offered option for me. What I enjoy the most about my course 146 Law LLB is the support we receive at every stage. Also the ability to choose electives in my second year, which 148 Legal Practice (Online) LLB is something unique compared to other universities teaching LLB. I am currently planning on doing my LPC after my LLB and becoming a qualified lawyer. Also pictured on facing page: Oriola Biba, Law LLB, first year. 144 City, University of London www.city.ac.uk 145 Undergraduate Prospectus 2020/21

The School’s history dates back to 1852, when the The Careers, Student Development & Outreach Inns of Court School of Law was founded. Some of the departments help undergraduates planning to world’s most influential figures have passed through its pursue a career in law, providing guidance on doors, including former British prime ministers Herbert vacation schemes and professional courses. It also Henry Asquith, , supports Law undergraduates who wish to apply and ; Mohandas Karamchand (Mahatma) the skills acquired during their degree in other Gandhi, leader of the Indian independence movement; fields upon graduation, giving tailored guidance , the first Governor-General of on developing CVs and networking, for example. ; and Dr Ivy Williams, the first woman to be called to the English Bar. The Inns of Court School of Research excellence at Law was incorporated into City, University of London The City Law School in 2001, when it became The City Law School. Academic staff at the School are engaged in research

At undergraduate level, the LLB is highly regarded by the in all major areas of law, including criminal law and The City Law School Introduction profession and students have moved into employment criminal justice, commercial law and contract law, at leading law firms and in many other sectors. In years European law, public international law, intellectual one and two there is a focus on the core legal subjects property law, maritime law, land law and family law. and an emphasis on professional skills, including legal In addition, Research Centres, groups and institutes techniques. In years two and three students benefit within the School provide a space for interdisciplinary from the range of research expertise among academic collaboration and leading-edge research into some of staff, choosing from a wide range of elective modules the most pressing contemporary legal issues. Academic including some rarely offered at undergraduate level. staff affiliated with the Centre for Law, Justice and Journalism, for example, work with colleagues from At the end of year two there is the opportunity to City’s departments of Journalism and Sociology to specialise in a particular field, graduating with a explore themes including legal restraints on the named LLB with Pathway in one of four specialist media, journalistic objectivity and impartiality in areas of law. This allows undergraduates to tailor international war crimes trials and legal safeguards their degree to their own particular interests and against violence directed at journalists. The School’s career plans which are further supported through Centre for the Study of Legal Professional Practice extracurricular opportunities and dedicated advice (CSLPP) analyses current developments in the legal for both aspiring solicitors and . professions. It regularly hosts external speakers and recently organised two international conferences. The Preparing for the future Centre includes various specialist forums focusing on The City Law School is located in central London, advocacy, alternative dispute resolution, civil litigation, close to the UK’s major law firms, courts and criminal litigation, evidence and proof and legal ethics. tribunals, including the Inns of Court. This means The School’s commitment to research is demonstrated that students benefit from London’s great cultural by our results in the most recent Research Excellence and social scene and from all that the city can offer Framework (REF) 2014, where 65 per cent of the School’s professionally. Students commencing their studies in submitted research was recognised as either world- 2020 will be based in The City Law School’s new home leading (4-star) or internationally excellent (3-star). at Sebastian Street, bringing students and academic experts from all law courses together in a single hub The next step of legal knowledge. Leading legal facilities including Choosing an undergraduate degree is one of the a mock court room will enable students to hone their most important decisions a student will make. An professional skills in a realistic environment. undergraduate Law degree provides a foundation Many undergraduate students take part in the School’s in the knowledge and skills required to become a internal mooting competitions, while others work solicitor or . The study of law also equips with clients as part of the Pro Bono programme, students with a range of transferable skills that are interviewing them and providing written advice. highly valued by employers. The pages that follow contain detailed information on the LLB courses at City, including an overview of the course structures, entry requirements and career opportunities. Maira Profitteri LLB Law, first year I chose to study at City because of its reputation all over the world and its prime location for a law student, Find out more being based in legal London’s neighbourhood. I love www.city.ac.uk/law City, from the people you meet to the teaching methods The information on these pages is correct at the time and support. Help is available for whatever you need. of print (February 2019). However, this prospectus only My course is challenging and has opened my mind provides an overview of the content and structure of our to the way that we look at things. I still have lots to degree courses, all of which are honours degrees. Certain learn but am planning to specialise in commercial details are subject to change and students should refer law and hope to take a placement in this field. to our website for a full list of the courses on offer at The City Law School and the most current and comprehensive information about any courses you are interested in. 146 City, University of London www.city.ac.uk 147 Undergraduate Prospectus 2020/21 Law LLB Study 60+ Throughout the LLB, students master the foundations of law in the heart of legal modules to choose from and explore specialist fields. Students develop legal skills in London, close to major mooting, research and debating and graduates are empowered law chambers and firms

to progress to the professional stage of legal training. The City Law LLB School Law

The LLB equips students with the essential — Foundations of public international law Assessment is by a variety of methods UCAS code legal and academic skills for a successful — Further issues in criminal law including written coursework, mooting, M100 career in law or beyond. Graduates are — Further issues in tort law portfolios, multiple choice questions tests, oral perfectly positioned to undertake professional and written examinations, as well as project Duration — Immigration law training: the next step to becoming a solicitor work and activities undertaken as a team. 3 years. or barrister. — Intellectual property law — Islamic law Entry requirements Students benefit from the breadth of our staff’s LLB Law with Pathways Typical requirements: expertise through a wide range of elective — Law relating to domestic banking There is an opportunity for students to — Law, rights and context A-level: ABB. subjects, while extracurricular activities graduate with a degree in a specialised area provide further opportunities to develop key — Legal career exploration, of law. All students who enter the LLB Law Tariff: 128 UCAS tariff points (typically ABB professional skills and experience. development and management can apply to specialise, or continue with the or BBB with an AS-level or a relevant EPQ). At the end of year two, students have the — Media law general LLB Law degree, at the end of year two. BTEC: DDM. option to keep their studies broad or to choose — Mediation If students enter a specialised pathway they need to study at least four modules related to one of four specialist pathways, tailoring their — Regulation of leisure industries IB: 29 points, including 6 in Standard Level this pathway in the final year. English Language. degree to their interests and career plans. — Small venture and social enterprise law The additional pathways and In addition, the following is required: respective degree titles are: Course structure — The UK and the European Union. GCSE: English Language and Year one — LLB Law with Commercial Law Mathematics at grade 4/grade C. Students study some of the core legal subjects Year three — LLB Law with International Law English language requirements common to all undergraduate law degrees: In the final year, students choose eight further — LLB Law with Human Rights modules. The range of subjects offered, IELTS: 7.0 overall with a minimum — Legal systems and skill — LLB Law with Professional Practice — Foundations of public law which is subject to availability and demand, of 6.0 in each component. features several electives rarely offered at After completing the Law degree many — Foundations of contract law undergraduate level, including: students go on to become practising solicitors — Foundations of criminal law — Aviation law or barristers. However, the course is designed — Foundations of tort law — Competition law to allow students to pursue a wide range — Contract law and practice of careers. — Discrimination law — Government, accountability — Employment law Graduates may work for other providers and administrative law of legal services and regulatory agencies, — EU law and the global legal order — Applied legal writing and research. non-governmental bodies and international — Gender, sexuality and law NGOs, the Law Commission, the European Year two — Government, law and democracy Union, as well as the Civil Service. Graduates Students study the remaining core legal — International banking law often successfully apply for places on general subjects common to all undergraduate — International commercial arbitration graduate training programmes with property law degrees: — International criminal law firms, investment banks, consultancy firms — Foundations of EU law and within the retail sector. — International human rights law — Foundations of land law — The School has established student exchange — Foundations of trusts law. programmes with universities in Australia, — Maritime law France, Germany, Italy, the Netherlands, Spain In addition, students choose five modules — Medical law and bioethics For the most current and comprehensive from a wide range of elective subjects to and Turkey. The programme may provide the — Sports law. information about this course, please visit gain specialised knowledge and valuable opportunity to spend part of your second year our website. We accept a range of other professional skills. The range of subjects Please visit our website for the complete, or all or part of your third year studying at one qualifications. Please refer to the Applying offered, which is subject to availability up-to-date list of available electives. of these universities. to City section at the back of this prospectus. and demand, includes: There is also an opportunity to write a The LLB Law is accredited by the Bar — Business organisation and private Standards Board, the General Council of the Course webpage 30-credit dissertation if students meet company law Bar and the Solicitors Regulation Authority. www.city.ac.uk/llaw certain specified pre-conditions. — Commercial awareness and risk Enquiries — Contemporary issues in EU Email: [email protected] constitution Telephone: +44 (0) 20 7040 3309 — Family law 148 City, University of London www.city.ac.uk 149 Undergraduate Prospectus 2020/21

Legal Practice (Online) LLB

This is a law degree with a difference. It enables students to combine essential legal knowledge with professionally oriented legal skills, while gaining a valuable law degree.

Please note that the LLB in Legal Practice Year one UCAS code (Online) is for working professionals and — English legal system and legal method N/A students cannot apply to this course via UCAS. — Contract law Competitive Duration Developed jointly by The City Law School and — Criminal law. 4 years. CILEx Law School, this degree is delivered Year two The City Law School Legal Practice (Online) LLB via supported distance learning, enabling Entry requirements students to study from anywhere. The legal — Constitutional and administrative law Typical requirements: — Law of tort fees practice electives fulfil all the academic study Students will be admitted to the course required to become a graduate member of the — European law. payable over the either on the basis of recent academic Chartered Institute of Legal Executives (if a achievement or through evidence of pass is achieved at the requisite level), which Year three duration of the course achievement in the sphere of paid or is what makes this a distinctive course. — Land law voluntary work. As with other law degrees, the LLB in Legal — Equity and trusts If you are relying on academic achievement Practice prepares students for further training — One module from the list of electives. you should have: to become a barrister or solicitor. Graduating Year four students are able to confidently apply legal GCSE: English Language at grade 4/ — Advanced legal and commercial skills grade C (or IELTS at 6.5 overall). theory to practical law and become more employable than graduates who have studied — Two modules from a range of electives. And should satisfy one of the following: Flexible a traditional law degree. A-level: ABB, or AB and AS-level passes Career opportunities Gain a qualifying law in two subjects at grades BB taken at the Course structure Students have access to staff working in City’s degree within four years, same sitting. Students study the core law modules that are Careers Service, who have designed a bespoke BTEC: Distinction grade plus one A-level common to all law degrees. Students also programme for students on this course. while working at grade B or above. select from elective modules in years three and As the course is a qualifying law degree, four, which include the professionally oriented graduating students are eligible to undertake Advanced GNVQ: Distinction grade plus elements that make this degree distinctive. further training towards becoming a solicitor one A-level at grade C or above. Subject to student numbers, the choice of or barrister, or as a Chartered Legal Executive. Scottish Certificate of Education: Five elective modules allows students to tailor passes, of which three are at the higher their studies to their career aspirations by Accreditation level, grades BBBBC. choosing the areas of legal practice that This degree is designed so that students are of most interest. Irish Leaving Certificate: Passes in six become eligible for Graduate Membership of subjects at the higher level, grades BBBBCC. the Chartered Institute of Legal Executives. To become a Chartered Legal Executive IB: 30 points, including at least 5 in lawyer, students must also acquire a each subject. period of qualifying employment. It is CILEx Level 6: Pass in Law and Practice also recommended that students seek or professional skills course. employment as a paralegal while studying if they want to become a Chartered Legal CILEx Level 3 Professional Diploma: Executive, building a portfolio of evidence. Pass in Law and Practice. For the most current and comprehensive CILEx Level 3 Certificate: Pass in Law information about this course, please visit and Practice. our website. We accept a range of other qualifications. Please refer to the Applying CILEx Law School Certificate: Pass to City section at the back of this prospectus. in Criminal Prosecution or Criminal Justice Administration. Course webpage English language requirements www.city.ac.uk/llpo IELTS: 6.5 overall. Enquiries Email: [email protected] Telephone: +44 (0) 20 7040 3309 SCHOOL of Mathematics, Computer Science & Engineering

150 City, University of London www.city.ac.uk 151 Undergraduate Prospectus 2020/21

The School of Mathematics, Computer Science & Engineering is Kelly Strömmer Aeronautical Engineering BEng, third year a highly skilled and energetic community which has offered I enjoy studying at City because the academics are so dedicated and go out of their way to ensure that their courses to meet the needs of the professions for over 100 years. students are successful. My course is challenging The School offers six engineering, four computer science and but fascinating, providing hands-on experience to accompany theory-based lectures. It’s important for three mathematics courses, each designed to inspire undergraduate students to have the right tools to help them succeed and City does just that; there are so many resources students and equip them to meet the challenges of the future. available for students and the staff here are always happy to help. School of Mathematics, Computer Science & Engineering

Degrees offered 154 Aeronautical Engineering MEng or BEng 158 Biomedical Engineering MEng or BEng Geena Mayon 160 Civil Engineering MEng or BEng Mathematics BSc, graduate 162 Computer Science MSci or BSc City was an excellent choice because I met so many 164 Computer Science with Cyber Security MSci great people from all over the world. I enjoyed 166 Computer Science with Games Technology MSci or BSc exploring all the buildings around campus to find 168 Data Science MSci new places to study. EC1 is a really up-and-coming 170 Electrical and Electronic Engineering MEng or BEng area with tonnes of trendy places nearby, so there 172 Engineering MEng or BEng were plenty of interesting spots to visit between lectures. Although there is a lot to explore beyond 174 Mathematics BSc campus, I only started taking advantage of the 176 Mathematics and Finance BSc activities the university had to offer during my final 178 Mathematics with Finance and Economics BSc year. There were so many things for students to get 180 Mechanical Engineering MEng or BEng involved with and meet new people. 152 City, University of London www.city.ac.uk 153 Undergraduate Prospectus 2020/21

The superb location of City’s campus, surrounded by Preparing for the future We have particular strengths in mathematical Engineering: This is an extraordinary time to be in the three prominent districts in central London, provides representation theory, mathematical physics, The School benefits tremendously from its close rapidly evolving engineering discipline. Engineers are excellent work experience opportunities for all students. links with leading companies who employ high- mathematical biology, data science, visualization and highly creative solution-finders responsible for some Tech City is a flourishing community of IT professionals calibre graduates in the fields of mathematics, big data, cyber security, human-computer interaction, of the world’s most important technology, designing and digital businesses centred around Shoreditch. City computer science and engineering. Our courses design of electronic sensors, geotechnical engineering, systems that encompass everything from mobile students receive business startup education and can are designed in collaboration with industry. structural engineering, turbomachinery and compressor telecommunications and the Internet of Things, to share working space within City’s hub for entrepreneurs, design and both experimental and computational high-speed trains, long-span bridges, renewable power City Launch Lab. The City of London financial district is This is reflected in our emphasis on professional skills. fluid dynamics. For example, pioneering work in systems, healthcare and aerospace hardware. Our home to leading international banks, insurance houses, Students can choose to undertake a 12-month work computer science has enabled the rapid searching and engineering degrees at City provide students with a corporate finance, accounting consultancies and the placement between the penultimate and final years analysis of massive text- and media-rich information. superb foundation in the science and mathematics that Stock Exchange. Many Mathematics and Computer of their degree in mathematics, computer science or underpin the discipline. Science graduates start and develop their professional engineering. In the case of computer science, students Developments in engineering have recently led to may alternatively choose the innovative Professional the design of medical sensors which facilitate the We not only ask our engineers to address how a problem careers in the City. Clerkenwell is the creative centre of may be solved, but also encourage them to question why UK design and plays host to a thriving annual Design Pathway scheme, gaining three years’ work experience monitoring of oxygen levels in vital organs during while studying (though MSci students and overseas surgery. Academics working on fluids engineering (on social, ethical and environmental grounds) it should Week. The district is home to many leading architectural be addressed in the first place. This includes valuable studios and structural engineering consultancies. students on a Tier 4 visa cannot join the scheme). are bringing about greater energy efficiency through The School has its own Professional Liaison Unit, the development and manufacture of advanced heat multidisciplinary team design activities to help students As a School we are proudest of: (i) our summer with the primary purpose of supporting students recovery systems and structural engineers are devising prepare for a career within the engineering field. internships and 12-month placement schemes; (ii) in their placements and internships. City’s Careers optimal design solutions for very tall buildings. For those who show exceptional aptitude for engineering our emphasis on creative design exercises within our Service offers professional guidance on graduate but have not studied a typical route to the discipline, engineering courses; (iii) the common early years in employment and opportunities for further study. The next step we may offer a place on our Foundation year scheme, as each discipline (whereby students can select their Choosing an undergraduate degree is one of the most a pathway to the full degree. Many of our Foundation specialisation after studying core topics); and (iv) our students have gone on to obtain a first-class honours Research excellence at the important decisions that students will make. For those location in the heart of central London. Students have degree and achieve equally successful careers in the School of Mathematics, Computer courses that offer an MSci or MEng degree in addition access to a large network of professionals who provide engineering profession. guest lectures, mentor students and contribute to Science & Engineering to a BSc or BEng, we recommend students apply for the MSci or MEng (integrated master’s) degree. These four- shaping our degrees. In December 2014, the results from the latest national year degrees are highly attractive to leading employers, Professional Liaison Unit (PLU)

Research Excellence Framework (REF) 2014 were School of Mathematics, Computer Science & Engineering Introduction as they prepare students well for tackling cross- announced. We were delighted that 80 per cent Operating exclusively in the School of Mathematics, disciplinary group projects plus more advanced design of our submitted research output was rated as Computer Science & Engineering, we support students internationally excellent (3-star) in mathematics and analysis exercises. Our MEng degrees are accredited through the process of undertaking placements, and engineering and that it has impact on society at by professional bodies and fully satisfy the educational internships and work-based learning, helping them an international level. Research within the School base for a Chartered Engineer (CEng). The BEng courses obtain employment. To achieve this, we run a range is undertaken in one of eleven Research Centres, satisfy the educational base for an Incorporated of workshops and one-to-one sessions designed to each having an interdisciplinary approach. Students Engineer (IEng); further learning is required to complete help you make successful applications and prepare benefit from working alongside academic staff the educational base for CEng. Coupling an MSci or for interviews. These offer expert guidance on who are pushing the frontiers of discovery in their MEng degree with a 12-month work placement offers CV development, cover letters, application forms, specialist fields (and, in doing so, changing society). computer scientists and engineers a much-valued interview technique and dealing with assessment five-year course, merging professional experience with centres. You will also be assigned a work-based advanced study. Here is a short overview of the differing learning advisor who will provide assistance for characteristics of the School’s three primary disciplines: the duration of the placement. If you’re a Computer Science student, you can also take advantage of the Mathematics: Mathematics is fundamental to Professional Pathway scheme, which gives students society. It underpins all of the important innovations the opportunity to transfer to relevant employment in modern life, from risk assessment and financial at specific points during their degree and complete forecasting to particle physics, smartphones and the it over a longer period. We are proud to say that analysis of genetic data. Both through its applications over the last 20 years, the PLU has helped City and as a subject in its own right, mathematics will students secure placements and/or employment always have a key role to play in the future. A degree across a range of companies including Disney, in mathematics provides students with a tremendous Microsoft, Barclays, IBM, Accenture, NHS, ARUP, range of career opportunities, as society rightly Zara Mumtaz E.ON, EDF, Nissan, BMW, Airbus and Rolls Royce. Mathematics and Finance BSc, second year values numerate, logically minded problem-solvers. Find out more www.city.ac.uk/plu-schemes City is very flexible and sensitive to your needs, Computer Science: Computer science lies at the core of providing a lot of support during your studies. the growth and transformation of businesses worldwide. What I enjoy most about studying here is the wide The information technology industry is diverse range of facilities, such as the six-floor library and and rapidly changing, offering enormous scope for Find out more the well-equipped CitySport gym. There are also rewarding careers that range from the highly technical www.city.ac.uk/mcse many silent or social study areas, so if one is too to the business-driven, in roles that are both creative The information on these pages is correct at the time of crowded you can comfortably move to another. The and highly valued. For example, during their courses print (February 2019). However, this prospectus only staff are also very supportive. After completing my students have the opportunity to be exposed to the most provides an overview of the content and structure of our degree and hopefully completing a sandwich year, advanced developments in Big Data, cyber security, degree courses, all of which are honours degrees. Certain my goal is to follow a career path in banking and health informatics and human-computer interaction. details are subject to change and students finance, preferably working for a well-known firm. There is an ever-growing need for sharp, code-literate, should refer to our website for a full list of the courses motivated graduates in an industrial sector that makes a on offer at the School of Mathematics, Computer Science multi-billion pound contribution to the UK economy. & Engineering and the most current and comprehensive information about any courses they are interested in. 154 City, University of London www.city.ac.uk 155 Undergraduate Prospectus 2020/21 Aeronautical Engineering MEng or BEng 1st 2nd The integrated MEng degree in Aeronautical Engineering prepares in London for teaching in London for overall students for an exciting and rewarding career in the global aerospace (NSS 2018) satisfaction industry. This degree places particular emphasis on the integration of the (NSS 2018) many diverse engineering disciplines needed for air vehicle design.

Aeronautical engineering encompasses the disciplines Year four (MEng) MEng UCAS codes BEng UCAS code of aerodynamics, propulsion, structures and materials, The final year of the integrated master’s involves H403 MEng, H405 MEng with professional placement. H410 flight dynamics and control as well as inter disciplinary a major individual research project, group design Duration Duration design. At City our courses also benefit from the study of exercises (mentored by industry experts) and issues related to operations, such as safety, airworthiness 4 years or 5 years including a professional placement. 3 years. modules covering advanced aerodynamics, structural and the economics of the aviation industry. dynamics and aeroelasticity and either gas turbine Entry requirements Entry requirements Our approach is to encourage critical thinking and foster engineering or airworthiness and maintenance. Typical requirements: Typical requirements: curiosity through both teamwork and independent study. Assessment is by coursework and examinations. A-level: ABB (including Mathematics). A-level: BBB (including Mathematics). Our courses are reviewed regularly to respond to the Group learning and communication skills are priority needs of the engineering marketplace, meeting the addressed through design studies and presentations. Tariff: 128 UCAS tariff points, including A-level Tariff: 120 UCAS tariff points, including A-level requirements of the Engineering Council. The courses are Practical and technical skills are assessed through Mathematics. Mathematics. led by academic staff from our active Research Centres, laboratory work, data analysis and project reports. supported by specialist professionals from industry. BTEC: BTEC candidates should apply for the BEng BTEC: D*DD in Engineering with minimum grade B Grades obtained in each year count towards course and look to upgrade to MEng after year two. in A-level Mathematics or Physics. The course is delivered through lectures, tutorials, the final degree classification, with increasing IB: 33 points total, including Higher Level IB: 32 points total, including Higher Level group design exercises, laboratory classes, workshops weight given to the later years. Mathematics at grade 5. Mathematics at grade 5. and field trips. Learning involves a combination of theoretical, experimental and computational study. Opportunities In addition, the following is required: In addition, the following is required: The integrated MEng degree offers the most for work placements GCSE: A minimum of grade 4/grade C in English and GCSE: A minimum of grade 4/grade C in English and direct route to achieving Chartered Engineer Students are strongly encouraged to take a 12-month grade 7/grade A in Physics if not taken at A-level. grade 6/grade B in Physics if not taken at A-level. (CEng) professional registration. industrial placement prior to their final year. Specialist English language requirements English language requirements Course structure advisors within the School are in regular contact with IELTS: 6.0 overall with a minimum of 6.0 IELTS: 6.0 overall with a minimum of 6.0 companies to assist students in finding suitable work in each component. in each component. Year one experience. Students are paid while on placement and

Year one is common to all of the engineering are visited by their personal tutor during this time. School of Mathematics, Computer Science & Engineering Aeronautical Engineering MEng or BEng Other courses you may like Other courses you may like courses. Students study the science (largely physics) Following placement, students more fully appreciate Engineering MEng Engineering BEng and mathematics that underpin the principles the context and relevance of their university studies Mechanical Engineering MEng Mechanical Engineering BEng governing the application of materials, fluids, and gain a greater understanding of the industry they electricity and energy in engineering. Group are about to join. This valuable experience may count Foundation courses (see pages 188-189 Foundation courses (see pages 188-189 exercises provide students with the opportunities towards the requirements for a professional engineering for further information on this entry for further information on this entry to undertake preliminary engineering designs. qualification. In recent years Aeronautical Engineering route to our engineering degrees) route to our engineering degrees) students have been able to obtain placements at leading Year two companies within their chosen field such as Airbus, Students begin to specialise in aeronautical DHL Air UK, British Airways, Delphi and EDF Energy. engineering in year two, advancing their knowledge of fluid dynamics, structures, instrumentation, Career opportunities mechatronics and aircraft design. Aeronautical Engineering graduates work in all areas of Year three the aircraft and airline industries and in other high-tech The third year places increasing emphasis on industries, such as automotive (including Formula 1) and aircraft design. Modules include aerodynamics and renewables. Careers in aeronautical engineering in the For the most current and comprehensive information BEng or MEng? propulsion, flight dynamics and control, structural UK are provided by larger companies, such as Leonardo about this course, please visit our website. We accept The Engineering Council recognises the MEng analysis and aircraft systems and safety. Helicopters, Airbus, BAE Systems, Rolls-Royce, GKN and a range of other qualifications. Please refer to the degree as fully satisfying the learning requirements QinetiQ and many successful specialist companies that Applying to City section at the back of this prospectus. for Chartered Engineer status (CEng); the BEng supply components and services. Several Aeuronautical partially meets these requirements, but further Engineering graduates move on to a career in flying. Course webpages learning is required to progress to CEng (typically, MEng: www.city.ac.uk/emae but not exclusively, an MSc qualification). At Accreditation BEng: www.city.ac.uk/ebae City, all BEng students are able to transfer to Our degrees are accredited by the Royal Aeronautical the MEng course at the end of year two if their Society and the Institution of Mechanical Engineers, Enquiries module average is 60 per cent or greater. Email: [email protected] providing a path for graduates to gain CEng status. Telephone: +44 (0) 20 7040 6050 156 City, University of London www.city.ac.uk 157 Undergraduate Prospectus 2020/21

Arian Mohammadzadeh Civil Engineering BEng, graduate Situated in the heart of London, City is an amazing place for learning, socialising and honing your skills. I gained a lot of knowledge while studying here and made lifelong friends. The Department of Civil Engineering is comprised of a diverse range of academics who take learning very seriously, giving lectures of the highest quality.

Flavine Caby Aeronautical Engineering MEng, third year I always knew I wanted to be a STEM student while experiencing a world beyond the borders of my home country. When looking for universities in London, City was my first choice as it offered high-quality lectures, talented academics, excellent facilities and the type of course that I wanted. I was nervous that I might feel out of place on an engineering pathway, but ever since I started studying at City I have always really enjoyed my classes and being a part of the University. City helped me decide my academic pathway and confirm which career I want to pursue: to be a physicist for a space agency. Also pictured: Rayhan Chowdhury and Zara Mumtaz. 158 City, University of London www.city.ac.uk 159 Undergraduate Prospectus 2020/21 Biomedical Engineering MEng or BEng Flexibility Finkelstein Common first year with the The integrated MEng degree in Biomedical Engineering covers a range opportunity to complete an laboratory of engineering applications that are relevant to the needs of the healthcare integrated master's includes state-of-the-art industry and draws on City’s long-standing expertise in technology electronic test and and healthcare. We also offer a BEng degree in Biomedical Engineering. measurement devices

This course is inter disciplinary, starting with an MEng UCAS codes Opportunities BEng UCAS code engineering basis then introducing elements of health BH82 MEng, BH11 MEng with BH81 sciences before focusing on advanced biomedical for work placements professional placement. Students are strongly encouraged to take a 12-month Duration imaging, sensing and analysis techniques. Learning involves a combination of theoretical, experimental industrial placement prior to their final year. Specialist Duration 3 years. and computational study. Our approach is to encourage advisors within the School are in regular contact with 4 years or 5 years including Entry requirements critical thinking and foster curiosity through both companies to assist students in finding suitable work a professional placement. experience. Students are paid while on placement and Typical requirements: teamwork and independent study. Group learning Entry requirements and communication skills are emphasised through are visited by their personal tutor during this time. A-level: BBB (including Mathematics). Typical requirements: design studies and student presentations. Following placement, students more fully appreciate the Tariff: 120 UCAS tariff points, including A-level context and relevance of their university studies and A-level: ABB (including Mathematics). Mathematics and Physics or Chemistry or Biology. Course structure gain a greater understanding of the industry they are Tariff: 128 UCAS tariff points, including A-level about to join. This valuable experience allows students BTEC: D*DD in Engineering with minimum grade B Year one Mathematics and Physics or Chemistry or Biology. to take on graduate-level responsibilities, often while in A-level Mathematics or Physics. Year one is common to all of the engineering courses. working within a multidisciplinary healthcare team. In BTEC: BTEC candidates should apply for the BEng Students study the science and mathematics that IB: 32 points total, including Higher Level recent years Biomedical Engineering students have been course and look to upgrade to MEng after year two. underpin the principles governing the application of able to obtain placements at leading companies within Mathematics at grade 5. materials, fluids, electricity and energy in engineering. IB: 33 points total, including Higher Level their chosen field such as Urban Science, Great Ormond In addition, the following is required: Group exercises provide students with the opportunities Mathematics at grade 5. Street Hospital, PerkinElmer and Genetic Microdevices. GCSE: A minimum of grade 4/grade C in English and to undertake preliminary engineering designs. In addition, the following is required: grade 6/grade B in Physics if not taken at A-level. Year two Career opportunities GCSE: A minimum of grade 4/grade C in English and Electrical and biomedical engineers today work in grade 7/grade A in Physics if not taken at A-level. English language requirements Students begin to specialise in biomedical engineering IELTS: 6.0 overall with a minimum of 6.0 in year two with an introduction to anatomy and a range of industries. Their problem-solving skills English language requirements in each component. biomedical instrumentation, supported by data analysis, and multidisciplinary education are well known IELTS: 6.0 overall with a minimum of 6.0 mechatronics, fluid dynamics and digital design for and respected in the UK industry and abroad. School of Mathematics, Computer Science & Engineering Biomedical Engineering MEng or BEng in each component. Other courses you may like biomedical applications. Modern provision of healthcare depends greatly Electrical and Electronic Engineering BEng on biomedical engineers who are skilled in the Other courses you may like Year three Engineering BEng design and operation of specialist instrumentation Electrical and Electronic Engineering MEng The third year includes biosignal and image processing, and imaging equipment. Becoming a biomedical Foundation courses (see pages 188-189 medical physics and biomedical instrumentation, Engineering MEng engineer promises an exciting career, bridging the for further information on this entry together with biomedical optics. advances in biomedical sciences with professional Foundation courses (see pages 188-189 route to our engineering degrees) Year four (MEng) skills in delivering engineering projects within a for further information on this entry rapidly growing field. route to our engineering degrees) The final year of the integrated master’s involves a major individual research project, group design Recent graduates have joined employers such as exercises and modules covering biomechanics, Philips Healthcare, Covidien, Siemens, Genetic biomaterials, biomedical sensors, bioinformatics Microdevices, AstraZeneca, Intertek and major and telemedicine. hospitals in the NHS and overseas. Assessment is by coursework and examinations. Practical and technical skills are assessed through Accreditation Our degrees are accredited by the Institution For the most current and comprehensive information BEng or MEng? laboratory work, data analysis and project reports. of Engineering and Technology, the Institute about this course, please visit our website. We accept The Engineering Council recognises the MEng Grades obtained in each year count towards the a range of other qualifications. Please refer to the final degree classification, with increasing weight of Measurement and Control and the Institute degree as fully satisfying the learning requirements of Physics and Engineering in Medicine. Applying to City section at the back of this prospectus. for Chartered Engineer status (CEng); the BEng given to the later years. partially meets these requirements, but further ForCourse the mostwebpages current and comprehensive learning is required to progress to CEng (typically, informationMEng: www.city.ac.uk/embi about this course, please visit but not exclusively, an MSc qualification). At ourBEng: website. www.city.ac.uk/ebbi City, all BEng students are able to transfer to the MEng course at the end of year two if their Enquiries module average is 60 per cent or greater. Email: [email protected] Telephone: +44 (0) 20 7040 6050 160 City, University of London www.city.ac.uk 161 Undergraduate Prospectus 2020/21

Civil Engineering st st MEng or BEng 1 1 Civil engineers develop infrastructure and have a profound effect on in London for overall in London for teaching the way people live through a consideration of function, aesthetics, satisfaction (NSS 2018) economics and sustainability. Students learn how to design, construct, (NSS 2018) manage and improve the built environment.

This course provides a strong technical background MEng UCAS codes BEng UCAS code Year four (MEng) in the key subjects of structural, geotechnical and H204 MEng, H205 MEng with professional placement. H200 The main focus in this year is the substantial hydraulic engineering, while placing a particular individual research project and a major design Duration Duration emphasis on innovative and collaborative exercise, supported by advanced modules in 4 years or 5 years including a professional placement. 3 years. engineering design. analytical and experimental methods. Learning involves lectures, tutorials, laboratory classes, Assessment is by coursework and examination. Entry requirements Entry requirements a residential geology field course and group design Grades obtained in each year count towards Typical requirements: Typical requirements: exercises, many of which feature contributions from the final degree classification, with increasing A-level: ABB (including Mathematics). A-level: BBB (including Mathematics). practising engineers. Students learn from a combination weight given to the later years. of theoretical, experimental and computational study Tariff: 128 UCAS tariff points, including A-level Tariff: 120 UCAS tariff points, including A-level with help to develop sketching and other engineering Opportunities Mathematics. Mathematics. communication skills. for work placements BTEC: BTEC candidates should apply for the BEng BTEC: D*DD in Engineering with minimum grade B Our approach is to encourage critical thinking and foster Students are strongly encouraged to take a 12-month course and look to upgrade to MEng after year two. in A-level Mathematics or Physics. curiosity through both teamwork and independent study. industrial placement prior to their final year. Specialist IB: 33 points total, including Higher Level IB: 32 points total, including Higher Level For MEng degree students this culminates in an advisors within the School are in regular contact with Mathematics at grade 5. Mathematics at grade 5. opportunity to collaborate with academic staff on a companies to assist students in finding suitable work In addition, the following is required: In addition, the following is required: significant individual research project and to participate experience. Students are paid while on placement and in a live large-scale civil engineering design project set are visited by their personal tutor during this time. GCSE: A minimum of grade 4/grade C in English and GCSE: A minimum of grade 4/grade C in English and by our industrial collaborators. Following placement, students more fully appreciate grade 7/grade A in Physics if not taken at A-level. grade 6/grade B in Physics if not taken at A-level. the context and relevance of their university studies

English language requirements English language requirements Course structure and gain a greater understanding of the industry they School of Mathematics, Computer Science & Engineering Civil Engineering MEng or BEng IELTS: 6.0 overall with a minimum IELTS: 6.0 overall with a minimum Year one are about to join. In recent years Civil Engineering of 6.0 in each component. of 6.0 in each component. Year one is common to all of the engineering courses. students have been able to obtain placements at leading Students study the science (largely physics) and companies within their chosen field such as Balfour Other courses you may like Other courses you may like mathematics that underpin engineering principles. Beatty, AECOM, Arup, Interserve and Network Rail. Engineering MEng Engineering BEng They also begin to develop their understanding of solid Career opportunities Foundation courses (see pages 188-189 Foundation courses (see pages 188-189 and fluid mechanics, necessary to analyse the behaviour for further information on this entry for further information on this entry of structures. Group exercises provide students with Civil Engineering graduates have gone on to work with route to our engineering degrees) route to our engineering degrees) the opportunities to design, build and test model many of the leading design consultants or contracting structures to overcome several engineering challenges. engineering practices in the UK and overseas. Recent graduates have worked on the Crosssrail project, the HS2 Year two rail project and landmark buildings in the City of London. Students begin to specialise in year two, through They have joined employers such as AECOM, Atkins, the study of geology and soil mechanics, in Balfour Beatty Engineering, Building Design Consultants, addition to tackling more advanced solid and fluid Jacobs Engineering, London Bridge Associates, Mott mechanics topics. Students are introduced to MacDonald, Arup, Ramboll and Skanska. more complex design exercises which are run in partnership with local engineering consultancies. Accreditation Year three Our degrees are accredited by the Joint Board For the most current and comprehensive information BEng or MEng? of Moderators as satisfying the educational about this course, please visit our website. We accept The course becomes more applied in the third year The Engineering Council recognises the MEng with the analysis and design of typical geotechnical, base for providing a path for a Chartered a range of other qualifications. Please refer to the degree as fully satisfying the learning requirements Engineer (CEng). We maintain this high level Applying to City section at the back of this prospectus. hydraulic and structural forms including the use of for Chartered Engineer status (CEng); the BEng computational analysis techniques. BEng students of achievement to provide students with the partially meets these requirements, but further best opportunities for their future careers. Course webpages undertake an individual project and in both degrees learning is required to progress to CEng (typically, students address the challenges of providing sustainable MEng: www.city.ac.uk/emce but not exclusively, an MSc qualification). At BEng: www.city.ac.uk/ebce and ethical designs that are safe to construct. MEng City, all BEng students are able to transfer to students are given the opportunity to acquire more the MEng course at the end of year two if their detailed knowledge in specific areas. Enquiries module average is 60 per cent or greater. Email: [email protected] Telephone: +44 (0) 20 7040 6050 162 City, University of London www.city.ac.uk 163 Undergraduate Prospectus 2020/21 Computer Science MSci or BSc Experience PP scheme Over 20 years of delivering Professional Pathway placements in the IT industry scheme enables students* Studying Computer Science allows students to develop the with the help of a dedicated to undertake agreed computing and coding skills needed to use programming Professional Liaison Unit industry-relevant work for as the language for creative problem-solving. up to four days a week

The MSci in Computer Science prepares students Students learn through a combination of lectures, MSci UCAS code BSc UCAS code Year two for a successful career in technical areas of computer case studies, seminars and laboratory sessions. Project G401 G400 In year two, full-time students take a further science. It is a full-time, four-year integrated master’s six core modules and undertake a project. and group work aim to develop creativity and problem- course combining undergraduate and postgraduate solving and play a major part in the course. Learning is Duration Duration Core modules: study, consisting of four parts, each corresponding also supported by the online e-learning system. 4 years or 5 years with 3 years, or 4 years with — Data structures and algorithms to an academic year. Assessment is by examination and coursework a 1-year placement. a 1-year placement, or — Programming in C++ the Professional Pathway The MSci course covers core foundational skills such as although some components, such as the team project, scheme (combining programming, progressing to cover a range of computing — Language processors are assessed by coursework alone. the degree with IT work topics with a focus on professional application, while — Networks and operating systems experience). maintaining a strong theoretical underpinning. The — Object-oriented analysis and design Opportunities course further enables students to develop a specialism — Professional development in IT. for work placements Entry requirements in advanced areas that are particularly sought-after All students may gain paid work experience as part Typical requirements: in modern IT businesses, universities and research Year three institutions, such as database technology, software In year three, full-time students take core of their degree. MSci students may take a one-year A-level: ABB (Computer Science, Mathematics systems design, data mining and data visualization. modules in theory of computation and functional placement after either year two or year three. BSc or Physics preferred). programming, with BSc students taking a further students may take a one-year placement between Students completing the BSc develop a systematic years two and three or join the innovative Professional Tariff: 128 UCAS tariff points. knowledge of computer science. Students are able three elective modules and MSci students taking six additional core or elective modules from a list Pathway scheme, which enables students to combine BTEC: D*DD (IT/numerate subjects only). to evaluate solutions to computer science problems, placement employment with their studies. In recent assess current techniques for designing and developing of over twenty. All BSc students undertake an IB: 32 points total, including all Higher Level individual project, researching and developing years students from our computer science courses have solutions and argue for the adoption of particular been able to obtain placements at leading companies subjects at grade 6. systems in an area of their own specialist interest. School of Mathematics, Computer Science & Engineering Computer Science MSci or BSc solutions using research and scholarship, demonstrating within their chosen field such as IBM, PlayStation, Mixed qualifications: We do accept applications their role as a reflective practitioner. Elective modules include: Disney, Microsoft and Goldman Sachs. from students who are completing a combination — Advanced programming: concurrency of qualifications. For this course, this would be Course structure — Cloud computing Career opportunities something like: D* in IT with a grade B in A-level Year one — Computer graphics Careers include programming and software Computer Science and a grade B in another A-level. All computer science courses at City share a common — Electronic commerce development, research-based careers in the IT We may also take AS-level grades into consideration. first year. Students can select their final degree course — Games technology industry and higher degrees, such as a PhD. Recent In addition, the following is required: at the end of the first year. — Human-computer interaction Computer Science graduates have joined employers such as Accenture, Blackrock, Feral Interactive, GCSE: A minimum of grade 4/grade C in English In year one, all students study six core modules: — IT security and a minimum of grade 6/grade B in Mathematics. — Databases and web development Hamilton-Brown Business Graphics, Imagination — Project management. Technologies, QA Consulting, Sky and Unruly Group. English language requirements — Introduction to algorithms Professional Pathway students* undertake IT work IELTS: 6.0 overall with a minimum of 6.0 in — Mathematics for computing experience while studying part-time for years two Accreditation — Programming in Java writing and 5.5 in all other components. and three over three years. Both courses are accredited by BCS: The Chartered — Systems architecture. Other courses you may like Year four (MSci) Institute for IT for the purposes of fully meeting the Computer Science with Games Technology MSci/BSc In year four, students take three core modules (including academic requirement for registration as a Chartered a large individual project) and three elective modules. IT Professional. Computer Science with Cyber Security MSci Elective modules include: For the most current and comprehensive information — Software systems design about this course, please visit our website. We accept — Machine vision a range of other qualifications. Please refer to the — Data visualization Applying to City section at the back of this prospectus. — Practices and theories in interaction design Course webpages — Digital signal processing MSci: www.city.ac.uk/cmcs — Software agents BSc: www.city.ac.uk/cbsc — Neural computing — Service-oriented architectures. Enquiries Email: [email protected] Telephone: +44 (0) 20 7040 8406 *MSci students and overseas students on a Tier 4 visa cannot join the Professional Pathway scheme. 164 City, University of London www.city.ac.uk 165 Undergraduate Prospectus 2020/21

Computer Science with Experience PP scheme Cyber Security MSci Over 20 years of delivering Professional Pathway placements in the IT industry scheme enables students* This degree prepares students for a successful career in technical with the help of a dedicated to undertake agreed areas of computer science and information security by developing skills Professional Liaison Unit industry-relevant work for in analysis, design and programming and specialisms in cyber security. up to four days a week

Computer Science with Cyber Security focuses on Year four UCAS code Course structure software and programming, including specialist content The course shares its first two years with the Alongside specialist core modules and elective G4G0 in the area of computer security. Starting with core BSc Computer Science, before specialising in modules, students undertake a large individual foundational skills, such as programming, the course Duration the third and fourth years. project, researching and developing systems progresses to cover a range of computing topics with an 4 years or 5 years including a professional placement. in an area of their own specialist interest. emphasis on professional application, while maintaining Year one Core modules include: a strong theoretical underpinning. Later years specialise Entry requirements All computer science courses at City share a common — Cryptography in cyber security and enable students to focus on topics first year. Students can select their final degree course Typical requirements: — Security auditing and certification ranging from cybercrime and security governance to at the end of the first year. A-level: ABB (Computer Science, Mathematics cryptography and digital forensics, while also engaging — Readings in computer science. or Physics preferred). In year one, all students study six core modules: with academics in a large individual project to develop Elective modules include: — Databases and web development Tariff: 128 UCAS tariff points. scientific knowledge and skills. The course provides the — Advanced database technologies professional skills essential to modern working. — Introduction to algorithms BTEC: D*DD (IT/numerate subjects only). — Mathematics for computing — Digital signal processing During the course students become ethical hackers as — Software agents. IB: 32 points total, including all Higher Level — Programming in Java they are challenged to identify flaws in computing devices — Systems architecture. subjects at grade 6. and networks; to cryptanalyse classical and modern Students learn through a combination of lectures, case Mixed qualifications: We do accept applications ciphers; and to trace attackers while auditing systems. Year two studies, seminars and laboratory sessions. Project and group work aim to develop creativity and problem- from students who are completing a combination This course is suitable for students who are looking for a In year two, students take a further seven core of qualifications. For this course, this would be modules, including a team project: solving and play a major part in the course. Learning successful career in technical computing, with interests is also supported by the online e-learning system. something like: D* in IT with a grade B in A-level in the various roles directly and indirectly connected to — Programming in C++ Computer Science and a grade B in another A-level . the world of computer, network and information security. — Networks and operating systems Assessment is by examination and coursework although some components, such as the team project, We may also take AS-level grades into consideration. Applicants should be motivated to understand how — Object-oriented analysis and design are assessed by coursework alone. In addition, the following is required: computer systems are built and excited by the rapid pace — Language processors of change in the field. GCSE: A minimum of grade 4/grade C in English — Data-structures and algorithms Opportunities and a minimum of grade 6/grade B in Mathematics. — Team project

for work placements School of Mathematics, Computer Science & Engineering Computer Science with Cyber Security MSci — Professional development in IT. English language requirements Students may gain paid work experience as part of IELTS: 6.0 overall with a minimum of 6.0 in writing Year three their degree by taking a one-year placement after and 5.5 in all other components. In year three, students take three core modules the second or third year of study. In recent years students from our computer science courses have Other courses you may like and five electives, mixing computer science with specialist cyber security modules. been able to obtain placements at leading companies Computer Science MSci/BSc within their chosen field such as Accenture, Core modules: Computer Science with Games Technology MSci/BSc Deloitte, Hewlett-Packard, IBM and Xerox. — Information security management — Network security Career opportunities — Digital forensics. Careers include roles connected to the world of computer, network and information security, software Elective modules include: development and research-based careers in the IT — Sociotechnical systems and security industry and higher degrees, such as a PhD. — Software reliability and measurement — Theory of computation Accreditation For the most current and comprehensive information — Functional programming The course is accredited by BCS: The Chartered about this course, please visit our website. We accept Institute for IT for the purposes of fully meeting — Artificial intelligence a range of other qualifications. Please refer to the the further learning academic requirement for Applying to City section at the back of this prospectus. — e-Commerce registration as a Chartered IT Professional. — Computer graphics. Course webpage Professional Pathway students* undertake IT work www.city.ac.uk/cccy experience while studying part-time for years two and three over three years. Enquiries Email: [email protected] Telephone: +44 (0) 20 7040 8406 *MSci students and overseas students on a Tier 4 visa cannot join the Professional Pathway scheme. 166 City, University of London www.city.ac.uk 167 Undergraduate Prospectus 2020/21

Computer Science with Experience PP scheme Games Technology MSci or BSc Over 20 years of delivering Professional Pathway placements in the IT industry scheme enables students* This degree develops technical games-development skills, along with with the help of a dedicated to undertake agreed a more general computer science education, helping students embark Professional Liaison Unit industry-relevant work for on a career in an exciting and dynamic industry. up to four days a week

Students gain advanced knowledge of game engine Year three Students learn through a combination of lectures, case MSci UCAS code BSc UCAS code architectures, computer graphics and game design, In year three, full-time students take a core module in studies, seminars and laboratory sessions. Project and GG49 G490 including the specialist skills needed for building advanced games technology, with BSc students taking group work aim to develop creativity and problem- Duration Duration computer game software. They acquire leading- a further four elective modules and MSci students solving and play a major part in the course. Learning edge computer games programming expertise, is also supported by the online e-learning system. 4 years or 5 years with 3 years, or 4 years with taking seven additional core and elective modules from becoming proficient in a broad range of programming a 1-year placement. a 1-year placement, or a list of over twenty. All BSc students undertake an Assessment is by examination and coursework languages and software design techniques. the Professional Pathway individual project, researching and developing systems although some components, such as the team project, Students also develop commercially valuable skills scheme (combining in an area of their own specialist interest. are assessed by coursework alone. in computing laboratories and work with research the degree with IT work Elective modules include: groups. This degree is suitable for those who want experience). Opportunities to apply their imagination to complex programming — Artificial intelligence — Computer graphics for work placements Entry requirements problems, while gaining experience in a creative, dynamic and successful area of British industry. — Data visualization All students may gain paid work experience as part Typical requirements: — Digital signal processing of their degree. MSci students may take a one-year A-level: ABB (Computer Science, Course structure — IT security placement after either year two or year three. BSc Mathematics or Physics preferred). Year one — Project management. students may take a one-year placement between years two and three or join the innovative Professional Tariff: 128 UCAS tariff points. All computer science courses at City share a common Professional Pathway students* undertake IT work Pathway scheme, which enables students to combine first year and students can select their final degree BTEC: D*DD (IT/numerate subjects only). experience while studying part-time for years two placement employment with their studies. In recent course at the end of the first year. and three over three years. IB: 32 points total, including all Higher Level years students from our computer science courses have In year one, all students study six core modules: subjects at grade 6. Year four (MSci) been able to obtain placements at leading companies — Databases and web development In year four, MSci students take four compulsory within their chosen field such as Goldhawk Interactive, Mixed qualifications: We do accept applications — Introduction to algorithms Sony, PlayStation, Disney and Microsoft. from students who are completing a combination core modules, one elective module and a core — Mathematics for computing of qualifications. For this course, this would be individual project. Career opportunities something like: D* in IT with a grade B in A-level — Systems architecture Core modules: Careers include working as a key technical specialist Computer Science and a grade B in another A-level. — Programming in Java. — The games development process in the computer games industry or as a business We may also take AS-level grades into consideration. Year two — Physics and AI analyst, web developer, technical architect, user In addition, the following is required: In year two, full-time students take a further — Computer games architectures. experience designer or helpdesk engineer. A broad GCSE: A minimum of grade 4/grade C in English and six core modules and undertake a team project. Elective modules include: knowledge of computer science and sophisticated

a minimum of grade 6/grade B in Mathematics. Core modules: — Advanced algorithms and data structures programming skills also make graduates School of Mathematics, Computer Science & Engineering Computer Science with Games Technology MSci or BSc attractive to employers in other industries. English language requirements — Data structures and algorithms — Readings in computer science IELTS: 6.0 overall with a minimum of 6.0 in — Games technology — Software systems design Accreditation — Networks and operating systems — Advanced database technologies writing and 5.5 in all other components. Both courses are accredited by BCS: The Chartered — Object-oriented analysis and design — Computer vision. Other courses you may like Institute for IT for the purposes of fully meeting the — Professional development in IT Computer Science MSci/BSc academic requirement for registration as a Chartered — Programming in C++. IT Professional. Our BSc course is also accredited by Computer Science with Cyber Security MSci TIGA (the UK computer games trade organisation). We have every expectation that the new MSci degree For the most current and comprehensive information will similarly receive this accreditation. about this course, please visit our website. We accept a range of other qualifications. Please refer to the Applying to City section at the back of this prospectus.

Course webpages MSci: www.city.ac.uk/cmgt BSc: www.city.ac.uk/cbgt

Enquiries Email: [email protected] Telephone: +44 (0) 20 7040 8406 *MSci students and overseas students on a Tier 4 visa cannot join the Professional Pathway scheme. 168 City, University of London www.city.ac.uk 169 Undergraduate Prospectus 2020/21 Data Science MSci First Ideal MSci course in location provides This degree prepares students for a successful career within the Data Science to be excellent work growing data science discipline, providing a combination of computing offered in the UK experience opportunities and data analysis skills needed to extract insights from complex data. at nearby Tech City

This course prepares students for a successful career Year two Students learn through a combination of lectures, case UCAS code as a data scientist with a strong theoretical and In year two, students take a further seven core studies, seminars and laboratory sessions. Project and G102 professionally oriented computer science background. modules including a team project: group work aim to develop creativity and problem- Duration Studies start by building the foundational skills within — Programming in C++ solving and play a major part in the course. Learning computer science, such as algorithmic thinking and is also supported by the online e-learning system. 4 years or 5 years including a professional placement — Networks and operating systems programming. Then students develop the specialist data — Object-oriented analysis and design Assessment is by examination and coursework Entry requirements scientist skills needed for the extraction of actionable although some components, such as the team project, — Language processors Typical requirements: insight from complex data collections. Students gain are assessed by coursework alone. specialist skills in data acquisition, data analysis, — Data structures and algorithms A-level: ABB (Computer Science, Mathematics knowledge extraction and explanation, which are all or Physics preferred). — Team project Opportunities in high demand across many sectors benefiting from — Professional development in IT. Tariff: 128 UCAS tariff points. IT technologies, such as health, ‘smart cities’ or the for work placements creative industries. This degree is suitable for those who Year three Students may gain paid work experience as part of BTEC: D*DD (IT/numerate subjects only). would like to develop creative computational solutions In year three, students take five core modules and three their degree by taking a one-year placement. In recent IB: 32 points total, including all Higher Level to contribute towards the data-intensive transformation electives, building specialist data scientist skills. years students from our computer science courses have subjects at grade 6. that is reshaping the way our society operates. been able to obtain placements at leading companies Core modules: School of Mathematics, Computer Science & Engineering Data Science MSci within their chosen field such as Amazon, AT&T, BBC, Mixed qualifications: We do accept applications Course structure — Principles of data science Facebook, Google, Oracle and Unilever. from students who are completing a combination The course shares its first two years with the BSc — Artificial intelligence of qualifications. For this course, this would be — Introduction to data mining Career opportunities something like: D* in IT with a grade B in A-level Computer Science, before specialising in the third Computer Science and a grade B in another A-level. and fourth years. — Software agents Graduates of this course can expect to achieve We may also take AS-level grades into consideration. Year one — Advanced databases. employment as a data scientist in a range of businesses, from health to retail, in the IT industry or in government, In addition, the following is required: All computer science courses at City share a common Elective modules: or undertake further study at a doctoral level. The first year. Students can select their final degree course — Data visualization GCSE: A minimum of grade 4/grade C in English broad knowledge of computer science skills also makes at the end of the first year. and a minimum of grade 6/grade B in Mathematics. — Cloud computing graduates attractive to employers in other industries. In year one, all students study six core modules: — Digital signal processing and English language requirements — Databases and web development audio programming Accreditation IELTS: 6.0 overall with a minimum of 6.0 in writing — Introduction to algorithms — Advanced programming: concurrency and 5.5 in all other components. This course is pending accreditation by the BCS: — Mathematics for computing — Human-computer interaction. The Chartered Institute for IT for the purposes of fully meeting the further learning academic requirement for Other courses you may like — Programming in Java Year four registration as a Chartered IT Professional. Computer Science MSci/BSc — Systems architecture. In year four, students take four core modules and Computer Science with Games Technology MSci/BSc one elective in addition to a large individual project, researching and developing solutions in a data-intensive area of their own specialist interest. Core modules: — Machine learning — Big data — Visual analytics — Neural computing. For the most current and comprehensive information about this course, please visit our website. We accept Elective modules: a range of other qualifications. Please refer to the — Computer vision Applying to City section at the back of this prospectus. — Service-oriented architectures — Readings in computer science. Course webpage www.city.ac.uk/cdsc

Enquiries Email: [email protected] Telephone: +44 (0) 20 7040 8406 170 City, University of London www.city.ac.uk 171 Undergraduate Prospectus 2020/21 Electrical and Electronic Engineering MEng or BEng Flexibility Finkelstein Common first year with the Electrical and electronic engineers develop systems that power our homes and opportunity to complete an laboratory enable us to communicate wherever we are. From smartphones and agile robots to integrated master's includes state-of-the-art aircraft control systems and renewable energy provision, the solutions developed by electronic test and electrical and electronic engineers continue to improve and transform our lives. measurement devices

Students studying these degrees are provided with Year four (MEng) MEng UCAS codes BEng UCAS code a strong technical background in the key subjects of The final year of the integrated master’s involves a H607 MEng, H609 MEng with professional placement. H602 electronics, power engineering, signal processing and significant individual research project and major design Duration Duration mechatronics, offered in conjunction with engineering exercise (guiding students to produce safe, sustainable management. Learning involves lectures, tutorials, 4 years or 5 years including a professional placement. 3 years. and ethical solutions) and modules covering advanced laboratory classes and group design exercises. Students signal process and communications, system modelling Entry requirements Entry requirements learn from a combination of theoretical, experimental and control and computer systems and robotics. Typical requirements: Typical requirements: and computational study. Our laboratories feature chip production facilities, electronic measurement equipment A-level: ABB (including Mathematics). A-level: BBB (including Mathematics). Opportunities and power system teaching kits. Students take advantage for work placements Tariff: 128 UCAS tariff points, including Tariff: 120 UCAS tariff points, including of many recent advances in computer-based engineering A-level Mathematics. A-level Mathematics. analyses, using software such as Matlab and LabView. Students are strongly encouraged to take a 12-month Our approach is to encourage critical thinking and foster industrial placement prior to their final year. Specialist BTEC: BTEC candidates should apply for the BEng BTEC: D*DD in Engineering with minimum curiosity through both teamwork and independent advisors within the School are in regular contact with course and look to upgrade to MEng after year two. grade B in A-level Mathematics or Physics. study. Design is a primary focus for our degrees. companies to assist students in finding suitable work experience. Students are paid while on placement and IB: 33 points total, including Higher Level IB: 32 points total, including Higher Level Grades obtained in each year count towards the are visited by their personal tutor during this time. Mathematics at grade 5. Mathematics at grade 5. final degree classification, with increasing weight Following placement, students more fully appreciate the In addition, the following is required: given to the later years. In addition, the following is required: context and relevance of their university studies and GCSE: A minimum of grade 4/grade C in English and GCSE: A minimum of grade 4/grade C in English and Course structure gain a greater understanding of the industry they are grade 7/grade A in Physics if not taken at A-level. grade 6/grade B in Physics if not taken at A-level. about to join. This valuable experience allows students Year one to take on graduate-level responsibilities, often while English language requirements English language requirements Year one is common to all of the engineering working within a multidisciplinary team. In recent years IELTS: 6.0 overall with a minimum of 6.0 IELTS: 6.0 overall with a minimum of 6.0 courses. Students study the science (largely physics) Electrical and Electronic Engineering students have been in each component. in each component. and mathematics that underpin the principles able to obtain placements at leading companies within Other courses you may like Other courses you may like governing the application of materials, fluids, their chosen field such as TfL, Nissan, Gamma, electricity and energy in engineering. Group g2 Energy, Interserve, AECOM and Network Rail. Biomedical Engineering MEng Biomedical Engineering BEng exercises provide students with the opportunities Engineering MEng Engineering BEng to undertake preliminary engineering designs. Career opportunities

Foundation courses (see pages 188-189 Foundation courses (see pages 188-189 Year two We have been educating aspiring electrical and School of Mathematics, Computer Science & Engineering Electrical and Electronic Engineering MEng or BEng electronic engineers for almost 90 years. Our for further information on this entry for further information on this entry Students begin to specialise in electrical and electronic graduates are equipped with the skills the profession route to our engineering degrees) route to our engineering degrees) engineering in year two. Learning includes modules demands and we are proud of the success they have on electric fields and circuits, instrumentation, data enjoyed at the forefront of their profession. Recent analysis, mechatronics and electronic circuit design. graduates have joined employers such as UK Power Year three Networks, BT, National Grid, AECOM, BP, Huawei, The third year includes signal processing and Vodafone, BAE Systems and Resonate Group. communications, system modelling and control, microelectronics and power engineering. By the end Accreditation of this year students have established a systematic Our degrees are accredited by the Institution For the most current and comprehensive information BEng or MEng? and detailed knowledge of their discipline and an of Engineering and Technology and the Institute about this course, please visit our website. We accept The Engineering Council recognises the MEng understanding of the role of engineering management. of Measurement and Control. a range of other qualifications. Please refer to the degree as fully satisfying the learning requirements Applying to City section at the back of this prospectus. for Chartered Engineer status (CEng); the BEng partially meets these requirements, but further Course webpages learning is required to progress to CEng (typically, MEng: www.city.ac.uk/emee but not exclusively, an MSc qualification). At BEng: www.city.ac.uk/ebee City, all BEng students are able to transfer to the MEng course at the end of year two if their Enquiries module average is 60 per cent or greater. Email: [email protected] Telephone: +44 (0) 20 7040 6050 172 City, University of London www.city.ac.uk 173 Undergraduate Prospectus 2020/21

Engineering MEng or BEng This degree responds to the demand for engineers enthused by tackling 125 Develop cross-disciplinary challenges, in particular through the development years of engineering your potential in vibrant of advanced engineering software (using high-performance computers) being part of Clerkenwell, in close and use of digital manufacturing. This degree prepares multidisciplinary City’s academic fabric proximity to renowned, engineers for an exciting career in computational design and analysis. innovative engineering firms

The continual growth in computer speed, storage Assessment is by coursework and examinations. MEng UCAS codes BEng UCAS code capabilities and visualization techniques, combined Group learning and communication skills are H102 MEng, H103 MEng with professional placement. H101 with greater levels of understanding of the physics that addressed through design studies and presentations. Duration Duration explains our world, has led to remarkable improvements Practical and technical skills are assessed through in the fidelity of engineering simulations. laboratory work, data analysis and project reports. 4 years or 5 years including a professional placement. 3 years. The course is delivered through lectures, tutorials, group Grades obtained in each year count towards the Entry requirements Entry requirements design exercises, laboratory classes and programming final degree classification, with increasing weight Typical requirements: Typical requirements: workshops. Learning involves a combination of given to the later years. A-level: ABB (including Mathematics). A-level: BBB (including Mathematics). theoretical, experimental and computational study. Our approach is to encourage critical thinking and foster Opportunities Tariff: 128 UCAS tariff points, including Tariff: 120 UCAS tariff points, including curiosity through both teamwork and independent for work placements A-level Mathematics. A-level Mathematics. study. The design exercises provide the opportunity for students to be engaged in cross-disciplinary challenges, Students are strongly encouraged to take a 12-month BTEC: BTEC candidates should apply for the BEng BTEC: D*DD in Engineering with minimum industrial placement prior to their final year. Specialist course and look to upgrade to MEng after year two. grade B in A-level Mathematics or Physics. preparing the way for tackling larger problems which span traditional engineering boundaries. advisors within the School are in regular contact with IB: 33 points total, including Higher Level IB: 32 points total, including Higher Level companies to assist students in finding suitable work Mathematics at grade 5. Mathematics at grade 5. Course structure experience. Students are paid while on placement and In addition, the following is required: In addition, the following is required: are visited by their personal tutor during this time. Year one Following placement, students more fully appreciate GCSE: A minimum of grade 4/grade C in English and GCSE: A minimum of grade 4/grade C in English and Year one is common to all of the engineering the context and relevance of their university studies School of Mathematics, Computer Science & Engineering Engineering MEng or BEng grade 7/grade A in Physics if not taken at A-level. grade 6/grade B in Physics if not taken at A-level. courses. Students study the science (largely physics) and gain a greater understanding of the industry and mathematics that underpin the principles English language requirements English language requirements they are about to join. This valuable experience may governing the application of materials, fluids, count towards the requirements for a professional IELTS: 6.0 overall with a minimum of 6.0 IELTS: 6.0 overall with a minimum of 6.0 electricity and energy in engineering. Group engineering qualification. In recent years students in each component. in each component. exercises provide students with the opportunities from our engineering courses have been able to Other courses you may like Other courses you may like to undertake preliminary engineering designs. obtain placements at leading companies within their chosen field such as BMW, the Home Office, Ghana Civil Engineering MEng Civil Engineering BEng Year two Energy Commission, Airbus and British Airways. Mechanical Engineering MEng Mechanical Engineering BEng Students begin to specialise in year two, advancing their knowledge of solid and fluid mechanics while also Career opportunities Foundation courses (see pages 188-189 Foundation courses (see pages 188-189 studying measurement, data analysis and mechatronics. for further information on this entry for further information on this entry Numerate Engineering graduates who exhibit strong route to our engineering degrees) route to our engineering degrees) Year three logical skills, curiosity and an ability to perform at The third year places increasing emphasis on the highest technical level are much sought-after by cross-disciplinary computational analysis. Modules industry. This broad engineering degree develops a include finite element analysis, computational fluid student’s capabilities in not just problem-solving, dynamics, signal processing and medical physics but problem-seeking. Graduates have the potential and engineering management. to work within interdisciplinary teams on a wide range of advanced engineering technologies – from the design Year four (MEng) of space probes or aeroengines, F1 aerodynamics, oil and The final year of the integrated master’s involves a major gas recovery to tether-free walking robots and the design For the most current and comprehensive information BEng or MEng? individual research project, group design exercises of artificial human heart valves. and modules covering advanced computational about this course, please visit our website. We accept The Engineering Council recognises the MEng degree methods, structural dynamics, aeroelasticity and a range of other qualifications. Please refer to the as fully satisfying the learning requirements for Accreditation advanced computational fluid dynamics. Applying to City section at the back of this prospectus. Chartered Engineer status (CEng); the BEng partially Our current engineering degrees are all accredited by meets these requirements, but further learning the relevant professional institutions, providing a path Course webpages is required to progress to CEng (typically, but not for graduates to gain Chartered Engineer status. We have MEng: www.city.ac.uk/eenm exclusively, an MSc qualification). At City, all BEng every expectation that the new engineering degrees will BEng: www.city.ac.uk/eenb students are able to transfer to the MEng course at the similarly receive full institutional accreditation. end of year two if their module average is 60 per cent Enquiries or greater. Email: [email protected] Telephone: +44 (0) 20 7040 6050 174 City, University of London www.city.ac.uk 175 Undergraduate Prospectus 2020/21 Mathematics BSc 95% Tutorials of students on City’s First-year tutorials with This course provides an introduction to a wide range of mathematical mathematics-based courses no more than ten students, topics. A central theme is the application of mathematical methods say staff are ‘good at led by your personal tutor to abstract and real-world problems. explaining things’ (NSS 2018)

Mathematics presents itself in every facet of life and Year two UCAS code Opportunities shapes the way we understand the world around us. Students continue to develop their mathematical skills G100 for work placements Besides being a fascinating field of study in its own by taking advanced mathematical core modules and are Duration right, mathematics provides the basis for addressing and given the opportunity to choose one elective module. Students have the opportunity to seek a one- solving a large range of problems emerging in nature, 3 years or 4 years including All students take the following core modules: year placement in industry after the second year. business or industry. This course provides students Our dedicated team of placement specialists, the a professional placement. — Vector calculus with an understanding of pure and applied aspects of Professional Liaison Unit, has extensive experience Entry requirements mathematics. Our students acquire valuable transferable — Linear algebra in helping students to secure placement employment Typical requirements: skills such as logical reasoning, numerical and abstract — Applied mathematics across a range of industries. Past experience has thinking, modelling and problem-solving. Excellent — Numerical mathematics shown that placement students develop technical A-level: ABB (including grade A in Mathematics facilities ensure that lectures and tutorials are supported skills and business knowledge and return to or Further Mathematics). — Real and complex analysis through PC-based laboratory sessions. To ease the — Sequence and series. university with more maturity, motivation and a Tariff: 128 UCAS tariff points, including grade A in transition from school to the university environment much better understanding of key concepts, having A-level Mathematics or Further Mathematics. we provide valuable small-group tutorials in the first Students also choose one of the following applied them in placements. Additionally, placement year of study, which provide intensive individual elective modules: BTEC: DD with an A-level grade A in Mathematics. students frequently receive offers of future graduate

assistance for the topics of the core modules. In the — Decision analysis employment from their placement employer. In School of Mathematics, Computer Science & Engineering Mathematics BSc IB: 34 points total, including Higher Level final year, students carry out their own research project — Applications of probability and statistics. recent years students from our mathematics courses Mathematics at grade 6. chosen from a wide variety of mathematical topics. have been able to obtain placements at leading Year three International and mixed qualifications: We accept Assessment within modules is based on companies within their chosen field such as AXA, Students take three core modules and specialise a wide range of international and mixed qualifications examination and coursework whereby marks Barclays, Bloomberg, Disney, EY, GE Capital, IBM, according to their own mathematical interests. for direct entry to our courses. To check our are weighted in a ratio 1:3:6 for the three years JP Morgan, Microsoft, Toyota and Warner Music. Students choose four elective modules from a requirements please get in touch (see contact of study to produce an overall aggregate. We also offer a Micro-Placements Programme to a diverse pool of options, which allows them to gain details in the Enquiries section below). selected number of first-year students. This allows Course structure advanced knowledge in areas such as modern students to undertake work experience over the summer In addition, the following is required: applications of mathematics, modelling and applied Year one period for between two and five weeks. For more GCSE: A minimum of grade 4/grade C in English. mathematics, discrete mathematics and application information, visit: www.city.ac.uk/careers Students concentrate on developing basic mathematical and statistical processes and applications. All English language requirements skills, which build the foundation of any specialisation students take part in a group project and undertake Career opportunities IELTS: 6.0 overall with a minimum of 6.0 chosen in years two and three. their own mathematical research, closely supervised in each component. All students take the following core modules: by an academic member of the department. City graduates are equipped with a variety of mathematical skills and find a wide range of careers — Algebra Other courses you may like All students take the following core modules: open to them. The ability to think logically and Mathematics with Finance and Economics BSc — Functions, vectors and calculus — Advanced complex analysis abstractly, to solve problems and to model real-world — Introduction to probability theory — Differential equations Mathematics and Finance BSc phenomena are sought by employers. Given — Number theory and cryptography — Group project. City’s location many recent graduates have been — Introduction to modelling Students also choose four of the following employed by large firms in the financial or industrial — Logic and set theory elective modules: sectors, while others have gone into education, Civil Service and research. Our recent graduates have — Programming and computational mathematics — Discrete mathematics obtained posts within American Express, the British — Skills, careers and employability analysis for — Dynamical systems Museum, KPMG, FDM and Inditex. mathematics students. — Mathematical processes for finance — Mathematical biology Accreditation For the most current and comprehensive information — Game theory Good performance in certain modules can lead about this course, please visit our website. We accept — Groups and symmetry to exemption recommendations from professional a range of other qualifications. Please refer to the examinations of the Institute of Actuaries. Applying to City section at the back of this prospectus. — Introduction to mathematical physics — Introduction to the mathematics of fluids Course webpage — Operational research www.city.ac.uk/mmat — Stochastic models — Probability and statistics II. Enquiries Email: [email protected] Telephone: +44 (0) 20 7040 6050 176 City, University of London www.city.ac.uk 177 Undergraduate Prospectus 2020/21 Mathematics and Finance BSc 96% Opportunity for students to obtain some of Mathematics and Finance professional exemption This course provides an introduction to a range of mathematical students say they are recommendations for the topics and various aspects of finance and economics, with a special satisfied with the quality Institute of Actuaries focus on actuarial science. of the course (NSS 2018)

This course is aimed at mathematics students Students also choose one of the following UCAS code Opportunities with a particular interest in finance, specifically elective modules: GN13 for work placements in actuarial science. It includes finance and — Applied mathematics Students have the opportunity to seek a one-year Duration economics modules delivered by Cass Business — Sequences and series School and the Department of Economics. placement in industry after the second year. Our 3 years or 4 years including a professional placement. — Numerical mathematics dedicated team of placement specialists, the Professional This course provides students with an understanding — Applications of probability and statistics. Entry requirements of important elements of mathematics and of aspects Liaison Unit, has extensive experience in helping students to secure placement employment across Typical requirements: of financial theory such as financial reporting or Year three a range of industries. Past experience has shown A-level: AAB (including grade A in Mathematics corporate finance. Excellent facilities ensure that Students take three core modules and specialise lectures and tutorials are supported through PC- that placement students develop technical skills or Further Mathematics). according to their own mathematical and financial and business knowledge and return to university based laboratory sessions. To ease the transition interests. Students choose four elective modules Tariff: 136 UCAS tariff points, including grade A in from school to the university environment we provide with more maturity, motivation and a much better from a diverse pool of options, which allows them to understanding of their studies. Additionally, placement A-level Mathematics or Further Mathematics. valuable small-group tutorials in the first year, which gain advanced knowledge in areas such as modern provide intensive individual assistance for the topics students frequently receive offers of future graduate BTEC: DD with an A-level grade A in Mathematics. applications of mathematics, modelling and applied employment from their placement employer. In recent of the core modules. In the final year, students carry mathematics, discrete mathematics and application IB: 34 points total, including Higher Level out their own research project chosen from a wide years students from our mathematics courses have been and statistical processes and applications. All able to obtain placements at leading companies within Mathematics at grade 6. variety of mathematical topics. Assessment within students take part in a group project and undertake modules is based on examination and coursework their chosen field such as AXA, Barclays, Bloomberg, International and mixed qualifications: We accept a their own mathematical research, closely supervised Disney, EY, GE Capital, IBM, JP Morgan and Microsoft. wide range of international and mixed qualifications whereby marks are weighted in a ratio 1:3:6 for the by an academic member of the department. three years of study to produce an overall aggregate. We also offer a Micro-Placements Programme to a for direct entry to our courses. To check our All students take the following core modules:

selected number of first-year students. This allows School of Mathematics, Computer Science & Engineering Mathematics and Finance BSc requirements please get in touch (see contact — Advanced complex analysis details in the Enquiries section below). Course structure students to undertake work experience over the summer — Differential equations period for between two and five weeks. For more In addition, the following is required: Year one Students concentrate on developing basic mathematical — Group project. information, visit: www.city.ac.uk/careers GCSE: A minimum of grade 4/grade C in English. skills and gaining knowledge in important financial Students choose two of the following elective Career opportunities English language requirements and economic topics. Year one lays the foundation for mathematics modules: City graduates are equipped with a variety of IELTS: 6.0 overall with a minimum of 6.0 any specialisation chosen in years two and three. — Discrete mathematics mathematical skills and find a wide range of careers in each component. All students take the following core modules: — Dynamical systems open to them. The ability to think logically and — Algebra — Game theory Other courses you may like abstractly, to solve problems and to model real-world — Functions, vectors and calculus — Groups and symmetry Mathematics BSc phenomena are sought by employers. Given City’s — Introduction to probability statistics — Introduction to location many recent graduates have been employed Mathematics with Finance and Economics BSc — Programming and computational mathematics mathematical physics by large firms in the financial or industrial sectors, — Introduction to microeconomics — Mathematical processes for finance while others have gone into education, Civil Service — Introduction to macroeconomics — Mathematical biology and research. Our recent graduates have obtained posts within Barclays Bank, HSBC, KPMG, Mercedes-Benz — Financial and investment mathematics A — Introduction to the mathematics of fluids. Financial Services and Standard Chartered Private Bank. — Skills, careers and employability analysis for Students also choose two of the following elective mathematics students. finance modules: Accreditation Year two — Operational research Good performance in certain modules can lead Students continue to develop their mathematical skills — Stochastic models to exemption recommendations from professional For the most current and comprehensive information and financial knowledge by taking advanced core — Probability and statistics II examinations of the Institute of Actuaries. about this course, please visit our website. We accept modules. They are given the opportunity to choose one — Corporate finance a range of other qualifications. Please refer to the module from a pool of elective modules. Applying to City section at the back of this prospectus. — Corporate risk management All students take the following core modules: — Introduction to financial derivatives Course webpage — Real and complex analysis — General insurance. www.city.ac.uk/mmfi — Vector calculus — Linear algebra Enquiries — Finance and financial reporting A Email: [email protected] Telephone: +44 (0) 20 7040 6050 — Finance and financial reporting B — Financial and investment mathematics B. 178 City, University of London www.city.ac.uk 179 Undergraduate Prospectus 2020/21

Mathematics with Employability BSc 93% Finance and Economics Develop career skills that will of students say they are be invaluable to you when satisfied with the quality you enter the job market This course provides an introduction to a range of mathematical of this course (NSS 2018) topics and various aspects of finance and economics.

This course is aimed at mathematics students with a Students then choose between the following Students take one further elective module UCAS code particular interest in financial and economic theory. It groups of two modules: from the following group of modules: G1L1 includes finance and economics modules delivered by — Intermediate microeconomics I and II — Monetary economics Duration Cass Business School and the Department of Economics. — Economics of European integration Students combine the study of mathematics, finance and — Intermediate macroeconomics I and II. 3 years or 4 years including a professional placement. economics and explore their interactions with each other. Students also choose one of the following — History of economic thought — Industrial organisation. Entry requirements This course provides students with an understanding elective modules: — Applied mathematics Typical requirements: of important aspects of mathematics and of Opportunities for work placements aspects of financial and economic theory such as — Sequences and series A-level: ABB (including grade A in Mathematics Students have the opportunity to seek a one- or Further Mathematics). financial markets, corporate finance or micro- and — Numerical mathematics. macroeconomics. Excellent facilities ensure that year placement in industry after the second year. Tariff: 128 UCAS tariff points including grade A in lectures and tutorials are supported through PC-based Year three Our dedicated team of placement specialists, the A-level Mathematics or Further Mathematics. laboratory sessions. To ease the transition from school Students take two core modules and specialise according Professional Liaison Unit, has extensive experience to the university environment we provide valuable to their own mathematical, financial and economic in helping students to secure placement employment BTEC: DD with an A-level grade A in Mathematics. small-group tutorials in the first year of study, which interests. Students also choose five elective modules across a range of industries. Past experience has IB: 34 points total, including Higher Level provide intensive individual assistance for the topics (two mathematics, two from a finance-related group shown that placement students develop technical Mathematics at grade 6. of the core modules. In the final year, students carry and one from an economics group). For mathematics skills and business knowledge and return to out their own research project chosen from a wide university with more maturity, motivation and a International and mixed qualifications: We accept a electives, students select from a diverse pool of options, variety of mathematical topics. Assessment within much better understanding of key concepts, having wide range of international and mixed qualifications which allows them to gain advanced knowledge in areas modules is based on examination and coursework applied them in placements. Additionally, placement for direct entry to our courses. To check our such as modern applications of mathematics, modelling whereby marks are weighted in a ratio 1:3:6 for the students frequently receive offers of future graduate requirements please get in touch (see contact and applied mathematics, discrete mathematics and three years of study to produce an overall aggregate. employment from their placement employer. In details in the Enquiries section below). application and statistical processes and applications. Additionally all students take part in a group project recent years students from our mathematics courses In addition, the following is required: Course structure and undertake their own mathematical research, closely have been able to obtain placements at leading GCSE: A minimum of grade 4/grade C in English. Year one supervised by an academic member of the department. companies within their chosen field such as AXA, Students concentrate on developing basic mathematical All students take the following core modules: Barclays, Bloomberg, Disney, EY, GE Capital, IBM, English language requirements skills and gaining knowledge in important financial and JP Morgan, Microsoft, Toyota and Warner Music. — Differential equations IELTS: 6.0 overall with a minimum of 6.0 economic topics. Year one lays the foundation for any School of Mathematics, Computer Science & Engineering Mathematics with Finance and Economics BSc — Group project. We also offer a Micro-Placements Programme to a in each component. specialisation chosen in years two and three. selected number of first-year students. This allows Students choose two of the following elective Other courses you may like All students take the following core modules: students to undertake work experience over the mathematics modules: Mathematics BSc — Algebra summer period for between two and five weeks. For — Discrete mathematics — Functions, vectors and calculus more information, visit: www.city.ac.uk/careers Mathematics and Finance BSc — Dynamical systems — Introduction to probability statistics Career opportunities — Programming and computational mathematics — Game theory City graduates are equipped with a variety of — Number theory and cryptography — Groups and symmetry mathematical skills and find a wide range of careers — Introduction to microeconomics — Introduction to mathematical physics — Advanced complex analysis open to them. The ability to think logically and — Introduction to macroeconomics abstractly, to solve problems and to model real-world — Skills, careers and employability analysis for — Mathematical processes for finance phenomena are highly sought by employers. Given City’s mathematics students. — Mathematical biology location many recent graduates have been employed — Introduction to the mathematics of fluids. by large firms in the financial or industrial sectors, Year two For the most current and comprehensive information while others have gone into education, Civil Service Students continue to develop their mathematical skills Students also choose two of the following about this course, please visit our website. We accept elective finance-related modules: and research. Our recent graduates have obtained posts a range of other qualifications. Please refer to the alongside gaining financial and economic knowledge, — Corporate finance within Deloitte, Lloyds Bank, Natwest, CACI Ltd and Applying to City section at the back of this prospectus. by taking advanced core modules. Additionally, they are Vietnam Airlines’ UK Branch. given the opportunity to choose three modules from a — International finance Course webpage pool of elective modules. — Financial economics Accreditation www.city.ac.uk/mmfe All students take the following core modules: — Finance and financial reporting B Good performance in certain modules can lead to — Real and complex analysis — Operational research. Enquiries exemption recommendations from professional — Vector calculus Email: [email protected] examinations of the Institute of Actuaries. Telephone: +44 (0) 20 7040 6050 — Linear algebra — Finance and financial reporting A. 180 City, University of London www.city.ac.uk 181 Undergraduate Prospectus 2020/21

Mechanical Engineering MEng or BEng These degrees are ideal for practically minded, creative individuals who 125 Facilities relish problem-solving and have a strong desire to design and optimise years of engineering include optical IC engines, advanced machines (be they driverless cars, high-speed trains, robotic being part of compressors, fuel injection manufacturing systems, tidal power stations or solar-powered generators) City’s academic fabric systems, a micro turbine and through the novel application of science and mathematics. a Formula Student Workshop

Mechanical engineering encompasses the disciplines of Year four (MEng) MEng UCAS codes BEng UCAS code mechanical design, material sciences, thermodynamics The final year of the integrated master’s involves a major H304 MEng, H305 MEng with professional placement. H300 and heat transfer, solid and fluid mechanics and control. individual research project, group design exercises and Duration Duration Our approach is to encourage critical thinking and foster modules covering advanced structural analysis and heat 4 years or 5 years including a professional placement. 3 years. curiosity through both teamwork and independent transfer and either gas turbine engineering or advanced study. The design exercises provide the opportunity for computational fluid dynamics. Entry requirements Entry requirements students to be engaged in cross-disciplinary challenges, Assessment is by coursework and examinations. Typical requirements: Typical requirements: preparing the way for tackling larger problems that span Group learning and communication skills are A-level: ABB (including Mathematics). A-level: BBB (including Mathematics). traditional engineering boundaries. The courses are addressed through design studies and presentations. led by academic staff from our active Research Centres, Practical and technical skills are assessed through Tariff: 128 UCAS tariff points, including A-level Tariff: 120 UCAS tariff points, including A-level supported by specialist professionals from industry. laboratory work, data analysis and project reports. Mathematics. Mathematics. The course is delivered through lectures, tutorials, group Grades obtained in each year count towards BTEC: BTEC candidates should apply for the BEng BTEC: D*DD in Engineering with minimum grade B design exercises, laboratory classes and engineering the final degree classification, with increasing course and look to upgrade to MEng after year two. in A-level Mathematics or Physics. workshops. Learning involves a combination of weight given to the later years. IB: 33 points total, including Higher Level IB: 32 points total, including Higher Level theoretical, experimental and computational study. Mathematics at grade 5. Mathematics at grade 5. The integrated MEng degree offers the most direct Opportunities In addition, the following is required: In addition, the following is required: route to achieving Chartered Engineer (CEng) for work placements professional registration. GCSE: A minimum of grade 4/grade C in English and GCSE: A minimum of grade 4/grade C in English and Students are strongly encouraged to take a 12-month grade 7/grade A in Physics if not taken at A-level. grade 6/grade B in Physics if not taken at A-level. industrial placement prior to their final year. Course structure Specialist advisors within the School are in regular English language requirements English language requirements Year one contact with companies to assist students in finding IELTS: 6.0 overall with a minimum of 6.0 IELTS: 6.0 overall with a minimum of 6.0 Year one is common to all of the engineering suitable work experience. Students are paid while in each component. in each component. courses. Students study the science (largely physics) on placement and are visited by their personal tutor and mathematics that underpin the principles during this time. Following placement, students more School of Mathematics, Computer Science & Engineering Mechanical Engineering MEng or BEng Other courses you may like Other courses you may like governing the application of materials, fluids, fully appreciate the context and relevance of their Aeronautical Engineering MEng Aeronautical Engineering BEng electricity and energy in engineering. Group university studies and gain a greater understanding Engineering MEng Engineering BEng exercises provide students with the opportunities of the industry they are about to join. This valuable to undertake preliminary engineering designs. experience may count towards the requirements for Foundation courses (see pages 188-189 Foundation courses (see pages 188-189 a professional engineering qualification. In recent for further information on this entry for further information on this entry Year two years Mechanical Engineering students have been route to our engineering degrees) route to our engineering degrees) Students begin to specialise in year two, advancing able to obtain placements at leading companies within their knowledge of solid and fluid mechanics while also their chosen field such as TfL, Nissan, Gamma, g2 studying measurement, data analysis and mechatronics. Energy, Interserve, AECOM and Network Rail. Year three Career opportunities The third year places increasing emphasis on mechanical design. Modules include: fluid mechanics, mechatronics Mechanical Engineering graduates work in industries and control, structural analysis, thermodynamics and such as transport, power generation, manufacturing, heat transfer and engineering management. automotive and energy. Our recent graduates have obtained posts within Ford, Howden, Delphi Diesel For the most current and comprehensive information BEng or MEng? Systems, AVL, Rolls-Royce, Jaguar Land Rover, Tube about this course, please visit our website. We accept The Engineering Council recognises the MEng Lines and Holroyd. These engineers are involved in areas a range of other qualifications. Please refer to the degree as fully satisfying the learning requirements as diverse as product development, advanced computer- Applying to City section at the back of this prospectus. for Chartered Engineer status (CEng); the BEng based design, analysis of complex thermo-fluid partially meets these requirements, but further systems, robotics, energy conservation, maintenance, Course webpage learning is required to progress to CEng (typically, decommissioning and engineering management. MEng: www.city.ac.uk/emme but not exclusively, an MSc qualification). At BEng: www.city.ac.uk/ebme City, all BEng students are able to transfer to Accreditation the MEng course at the end of year two if their Our degrees are accredited by the Institution Enquiries module average is 60 per cent or greater. Email: [email protected] of Mechanical Engineers, providing a path Telephone: +44 (0) 20 7040 6050 for graduates to gain CEng status. Applying to City

182 City, University of London www.city.ac.uk 183 Undergraduate Prospectus 2020/21

We offer high-quality, challenging courses to applicants who demonstrate the preparation and potential to succeed.

Applying to City

184 A guide to entry requirements 186 UCAS: The new tariff 188 Pathways to City: Foundation courses at partner institutions 189 INTO City, University of London International Foundation programme 190 The next step: Applying to City 193 London Underground map Pictured: Naomi Lawrence, Economics 194 Course index with Accounting BSc, second year. 195 Maps, addresses and transport links A guide to entry requirements

184 City, University of London www.city.ac.uk 185 Undergraduate Prospectus 2020/21

We offer high-quality, challenging courses to Requirements for specific courses Acceptable qualifications Non-standard entrants applicants who demonstrate the preparation and In addition to the general requirements, admission to most We welcome applications from candidates offering Applicants who do not have the standard academic potential to succeed. Our admissions and selection courses requires grades in a specific subject or subjects combinations of qualifications, most typically A-level requirement but who have significant life or work processes aim to assess you fairly and consistently. relevant to the course. See the entry requirements box on and BTEC. Typical offers will be conditional and experience may be considered on individual merit. The We judge applications on individual merit, taking each course page in this prospectus for more details. stipulate certain grades to be attained in your final course descriptions in this prospectus give you a general into account your academic achievements, relevant year of school. We understand the differences between indication of an appropriate background for a course. experience and motivation to undertake the course. English language requirements schools and endeavour not to disadvantage applicants Although you will need to apply for the course through General requirements All applicants (both UK and overseas) are required to who have been unable to complete certain qualifications UCAS, it is a good idea to contact the Admissions team demonstrate that their ability to understand and that may be available to applicants elsewhere. first. They will discuss with you whether the degree Some of the more common entry qualifications are express themselves in written and spoken English We appreciate that we will be presented with is likely to help you achieve your goals and how your listed below. However, even if you have non-standard is sufficient for them to be able to benefit from and students who have a wide variety of qualifications experience and educational background match the qualifications, our Admissions Office staff regularly participate fully in their degree course. A pass in one of and subjects as part of their applications. We will course requirements. Evidence of recent study, such as deal with a wide range of academic, vocational and the following qualifications is the minimum expectation: ensure that applicants who demonstrate the academic an A-level evening class, an Foundation professional qualifications. GCSE English Language at grade C or above in the potential to perform on our courses are given every course or recognised Access courses, is helpful. Some In order to enter a course at City you must satisfy system pre-2015, or, a minimum of grade 4 in the opportunity to meet our offer and study here. courses at City have Foundation courses that prepare any course-specific requirements and be accepted revised GCSE curriculum City, University of London excludes A-levels in General you for the first year of an undergraduate degree – by the course Admissions Tutor. Studies, Citizenship Studies and Critical Thinking. please see subject pages for details of these courses. Qualifications which meet the general International GCSE in English as a second language at Applying City to A guide to entry requirements requirement include: grade C or above in the pre-2015 curriculum. In the new Equal opportunities GCSE curriculum, this will be grade 4 or higher Overseas qualifications A-levels We have extensive experience in welcoming students All applications are considered on individual merit IELTS test of the British Council at 6.0 overall or above. and in accordance with our equal opportunities Business Technology and Education Council (BTEC) from many countries and assessing their educational Please see course pages for information on requirements backgrounds. School-leaving qualifications policy. Our admissions staff will consider your The International Baccalaureate Diploma for components of the IELTS test that may be considered for entry include: qualifications, background and experience and aim to ensure that you are given full and equitable Cambridge Pre-University The Pearson Test of English (PTE Academic) at 58 overall Australian school leaving certificates with a minimum of 50 in each component. PTE is not treatment in pursuing your chosen course of study. Scottish Qualification Advanced Highers (SQA) considered suitable for the School of Health Sciences. Canadian school leaving certificates and Advanced Highers We admit students with the potential to succeed in Visit www.city.ac.uk/study/applying for the most Hong Kong Diploma of Secondary Education higher education and welcome applications from The Irish Leaving Certificate Higher Level current and comprehensive list of English language Indian Year XII (some boards) people regardless of their gender, religion, age, race, The European Baccalaureate requirements. Some courses will ask for more than the national origin, social background, marital or parental minimum requirement, so please check the relevant International Foundation courses from status, sexual orientation or disability. We are also Qualifications and Credit Framework (QCF) course page in this prospectus. a recognised provider committed to the principles of widening participation An Access to Higher Education Qualification. Iranian Pre-University and encourage applicants from disadvantaged Typical entry requirements and non-conventional academic backgrounds. Malaysian Sijil Tinggi Persekolahan The typical entry requirements shown on the course pages of this prospectus indicate the usual standard USA Advanced Placement tests. Other qualifications of achievement expected on joining the course. The Please contact the Admissions Office with any queries If you hold a qualification that is not listed, you offer you receive may be different from this indicative about University policy on overseas qualifications. should contact the Admissions Office to find out standard. It is important to remember that many of whether it is acceptable. our courses are very competitive and possessing the More details on common overseas qualifications minimum requirement does not guarantee admission. accepted at City can be found on our website at: Applying www.city.ac.uk/international to City A guide to entry requirements

Email enquiries [email protected]

Telephone enquiries +44 (0) 20 7040 8716

Find out more www.city.ac.uk/ug2019/apply UCAS: The new tariff

186 City, University of London www.city.ac.uk 187 Undergraduate Prospectus 2020/21

There is now a revised UCAS tariff points structure. The AS-level General Certificate of Education (GCE: A-level) Please make sure that you read the information We are aware that there are several different here and on the UCAS website, in order to understand Grade Tariff points models which a school or college may choose when these important changes. considering how to deliver stand-alone AS-level A* 56 The UCAS tariff allocates points to various and new linear A-level teaching. We do not want to A 48 qualifications, allowing us to make comparisons favour or disadvantage students on the basis of the B 40 between applicants with different qualifications. decisions their schools or colleges make; therefore, We will seek to ensure that where students have the we will continue to accept AS-levels where they C 32 academic potential we are looking for, we maximise complement the academic profile of the applicant. D 24 their chances of securing places to study at City. E 16 If you receive an offer that contains a tariff points Extended Project Qualification (EPQ) score, you must read the conditions carefully to ensure We recognise the value of the EPQ for preparing you understand what you are required to achieve. students for independent study. General Certificate of Education (GCE: A-level combinations) Some offers, for example, may exclude certain subjects We believe the qualification helps to provide a greater Grade Tariff points Applying City to UCAS: The new tariff or units from your total score. An explanation of the understanding of an individual’s academic potential A*AA 152 UCAS tariff and a full list of the qualifications it covers so would encourage the qualification when focused are available on the UCAS website. on a relevant subject area. AAA 144 AAB 136 In most cases, the EPQ is unlikely to form part of any offer we will make, but will be considered at results time. ABB 128 BBB 120 GCSE BBC 112 There has been significant recent reform to the structure and content of GCSEs. Students will now be awarded a grade from 1 to 9, with 9 being the BTEC Qualifications (QCF) highest. Grade 4 and above will be equivalent to Grade Tariff points grade ‘C’ and above under the old curriculum. Extended Diploma Diploma Subsidiary Diploma While the new grade structure has the potential to allow for differentiation between applicants in the D*D*D* 168 most competitive areas, we will not use the new D*D*D 160 Telephone enquiries grade 9 until we have evidence that it would be appropriate and fair to our future students to do so. D*DD 152 UCAS Customer Contact Centre: DDD 144 +44 (0) 37 1468 0468 Please make sure you pay attention to the new grade ‘C’ and ‘B’ equivalencies which will vary DDM 128 across our courses and across universities. Find out more DMM D*D* 112 www..com D*D 104 MMM DD 96 MPP DM 80 MM 64 PPP D* 56 UCAS MP D 48 PP M 32 The new tariff P 16 A-level and BTEC combination examples A-level grade BTEC grade Tariff points combined A* D*D* 168 A DD 144 B DM 120 C D*D 136 AA D* 152 BB D 128 FOUNDATION courses at partner institutions INTERNATIONAL Foundation programme

188 City, University of London www.city.ac.uk 189 Undergraduate Prospectus 2020/21

Kaplan International College Students who successfully complete the International Foundation programme, subject to achieving the (KIC) London specified grades for progression to their chosen Pathways KIC London provides Foundation courses for INTO City, degree, will be guaranteed entry to the first year international students which lead to entry to City, of a wide range of undergraduate courses at City, University of London undergraduate degrees. KIC University of London in one of the following London offers comprehensive support including subject areas: business, management, economics, to City regular one-to-one tuition. Progression to City is University journalism, law, social sciences, computer science, guaranteed if you complete your KIC London course engineering and mathematical sciences. at the required level. www.kaplanpathways.com/ Foundation colleges/kaplan-international-college-london Start dates of London July, September and January. courses at partner City and Islington and Westminster Kingsway Colleges Duration: International Four terms or approximately twelve months institutions A Foundation year for UK/EU is offered in partnership between City and the above colleges. Their one-year Three terms or approximately nine months. Foundation courses prepare students for entry Foundation programme Find out more into the first year of City's BEng degrees. These Entry requirements www.intohigher.com/city applications are still submitted via UCAS and the Completion of 12 years of schooling (or local equivalent information can be found both on City's course pages Find out more to meet the same standard) with good grades. and using the web addresses below. www.intohigher.com/city Foundation courses and preparatory www.candi.ac.uk/he English language requirements routes to degree courses www.westking.ac.uk Our International Foundation programme, run in

Four term programme: IELTS 5.0 (with a minimum Applying City to Foundation courses at partner institutions partnership with INTO, combines academic study and We have several successful partnership arrangements Additional information of 4.5 in writing) or equivalent that offer preparatory courses if you are seeking English language tuition. The programme prepares Three term programme: IELTS 5.5 (with a minimum entry to undergraduate degrees. These courses Full information on entry requirements, start dates international students for university success and provides of 5.0 in writing) or equivalent ensure guaranteed entry to a specific degree at and how to apply to Foundation courses can be found an ideal route to undergraduate study. City, provided you achieve the grades required. on the websites of our partner institutions. You should The INTO City, University of London study centre is If you do not meet the minimum English language usually have achieved good grades in your own located in the heart of London’s financial district, requirement you should apply for the English for Our partner colleges and centres are close to City education system to be considered for a place on any and offer Foundation and preparatory courses. a few minutes’ walk from Liverpool Street station. Undergraduate Study or Pre-Sessional English course of these courses. Courses also offer English language The state-of-the-art centre provides first-class teaching at INTO City, University of London. While studying on these courses, you will have preparation, either in combination with academic studies access to a range of student services at City. Some and learning facilities for over 1,000 students. As a or if you simply need to improve your language skills. student on the International Foundation programme Tuition fees courses are intended for students who are studying We also recognise university preparatory courses offered in the education systems of countries that are not you will also benefit from full access to the University’s For the most current fee information, please visit by David Game College and Bellerbys College. Other learning and social facilities. recognised for direct entry to a City degree. preparatory courses are accepted on an individual basis. the INTO City, University of London website. INTO City, University of London For further information for international students, Course structure How to apply please see the International Student Life section on If you have completed secondary education in Together with INTO University Partnerships, City pages 28-29 of this prospectus. Applications for the International Foundation has established a purpose-built study centre in the your home country, the International Foundation programme should be made directly to INTO City, heart of London’s financial district, offering academic programme provides academic preparation for first-year University of London. preparation and English language courses for undergraduate entry and ensures that you meet the English language requirements for your chosen degree. To download an application form or apply online, find international students. As a student enrolling at INTO out more about the courses available and specific entry City you will have full access to City, University of The programme combines academic study, intensive requirements, please visit the INTO City, University of English language preparation, study skills and cultural London’s facilities. Courses at INTO City are validated London website: www.intohigher.com/city by City, University of London, which provides assurance orientation. There are two broad pathways of study: of the quality and standards of teaching and learning. Business, humanities and social sciences There is also application for INTO City, University of For more information please see the opposite page. London on UCAS for course codes CL82, G101, H100, Engineering, computer science and mathematics. I100, L101, M102, N101 and P501. THE next step

190 City, University of London www.city.ac.uk 191 Undergraduate Prospectus 2020/21

Applications for degree courses must be made through UCAS. You can apply through your school or college using the Apply system, which enables you to submit your application directly to the UCAS website. You can apply for courses at up to five universities on the form. Please take care to enter the correct course code, particularly for subjects with a Foundation year or with BEng and MEng options. UCAS has implemented an ‘invisibility of choices’ policy so that, on the initial application and while you are receiving decisions, each university can see only their entry and not those

of other universities you have chosen. This ensures Applying City to The next step that your application for a course at City is considered solely on your academic and personal qualities. You should submit your completed application form to UCAS with a £24 application fee. If you want to apply to City, University of London only, you can make a single choice application at a reduced rate of £18. The UCAS code for City, University of London is C60. When to apply Your application for entry in September 2020 should arrive at UCAS between 1st September 2019 and 15th January 2020. Applications that arrive after 15th January 2020 will be considered only at City’s discretion. When your application is acknowledged by UCAS, you will be sent a personal identification number so that you can access your records via Track on the UCAS website. All dates and fees are correct at the time of going to print. Please check the UCAS website for up-to-date information: www.ucas.com Terms and Conditions A student’s time at City, University of London will be subject to City’s Terms and Conditions, which will be made available to all students accepted onto our courses. These can be found online at: www.city.ac.uk/terms Admissions policies and procedures The University’s admissions policy and related documents are available in full at: www.city.ac.uk/ about/education/academic-services/admissions The next step Applying to City

General enquiries For general enquiries about the admissions process, please contact the Admissions Office. Email: [email protected] Telephone: +44 (0) 20 7040 8716

Pictured on Northampton Square, from left: Application Rashi Shah, Business Management BSc, third For enquiries relating to your application, please year; Mahsa Roshanzamir, Accounting and visit the UCAS website: www.ucas.com Finance BSc, second year. UCAS Customer Contact Centre: +44 (0) 37 1468 0468 LONDON Underground map

192 City, University of London www.city.ac.uk 193 Undergraduate Prospectus 2020/21

Michelle Sarkisyan Camden Town Towards: London Luton Airport Journalism BA, second year City caught my attention with its incredible academic facilities, practical independent learning and the chance to work with tutors who are active journalists, meaning I could benefit from their Zone 2 first-hand experience. The most enjoyable part for me is the fast-paced environment. I always have King’s Cross St Pancras to be active, going out and exploring. Studying in (Eurostar) central London has given me the opportunity to Alight at these expand my professional network and be witness stations for to world-changing events as they unfold. City, University Euston Angel of London Michelle is pictured at Borough Market, near London Bridge. Applying City to London Underground map Farringdon Euston Square

Barbican Liverpool Street Goodge Street

Moorgate Holborn

City Thameslink Bank Covent Garden

Leicester Square

Zone 1 Towards: Heathrow Airport 1Towards: City Airport

City, University of London London Bridge Main transport links Central line Waterloo Northern line Piccadilly line Victoria line Hammersmith & City line Circle line Metropolitan line Towards: Gatwick Airport Docklands Light Railway Thameslink Elizabeth line (from late 2019) Zone 2 Stations

T

E

E

R

T

S

R

E

P

P U

COURSE index MAPS, address and transport links

194 City, University of London 194 Undergraduate Prospectus 2020/21 11 MINUTES TO ANGEL FROM CITY Course index KING’S CROSS ANGEL

S 17

T Course index Course . C A I J O I D G T R O A H O Y L E N S R I L W O V S A N E D Accounting and Finance BSc 94 International Business BSc 109 T O R L T L E N E R E T P O 16 MINUTES Actuarial Science courses 96 International Political Economy BSc 68 A 7 D

K TO OLD STREET

I N 1 FROM CITY G G Actuarial Science BSc 98 International Politics BSc 70 15 ’ R S Campus map A C Y R E T O T R E ’ E R S Adult Nursing BSc 120 International Politics and Sociology BSc 72 S S E V S CAMPUS MAP L OLD STREET S EUSTON R I O H N A E U G N D P T O Aeronautical Engineering MEng or BEng 154 Investment and Financial Risk Management BSc 114 N E E R R R E E E C T R I V A L S A R V WHITECROSS ST. T T O A 5 E E E S R E

4 T C A T S A D

. D I S L D EXMOUTH O T T T Y J I O E B J Y R TC O H MARKET R R N N MARKET R T E S O T B S T H E T A R E R E S D Banking and International Finance BSc 112 Journalism BA 74 E E N O E T H R T 2 TECH A M D CITY C Biomedical Engineering MEng or BEng 158 R O A O L L M L E N W E 11 MINUTES C L E R K M C E O RUSSELL 9 R TO FARRINGDON C U I Business with Finance BSc 105 A Law LLB 146 R SQUARE 16 L FROM CITY T S D T A R R O

R E S E Business with Marketing BSc 107 Legal Practice (Online) LLB 148 O D ’ 13 L T A B A D E O T H FARRINGDON Business Management courses 102 M 3 BARBICAN 6 Business Management BSc 104 Mathematics BSc 174 13 MINUTES D CHANCERY LANE A TO BARBICAN MOORGATE O Business Management, Digital Innovation HOLBORN R E Mathematics and Finance BSc 176 FROM CITY L T E A P and Entrepreneurship BSc 108 A G H LIVERPOOL STREET C R T E Mathematics with Finance and Economics BSc 178 O H I O W

M C 12 Mechanical Engineering MEng or BEng 180 C H E A P S Children’s Nursing BSc 124 I D E Media, Communication and Sociology BSc 76 E U Civil Engineering MEng or BEng 160 N ST PAUL’S E Mental Health Nursing BSc 128 V A C A N N Y O N R S Computer Science MSci or BSc 162 T R U E E Midwifery BSc 130 B T S TEMPLE E T Computer Science with Cyber Security MSci 164 F A Music BMus 78 H D S N CITY A OF R L T O Computer Science with Games Technology MSci or BSc 166 S N Music, Sound and Technology BSc 80 DON Criminology BSc 50 O Criminology and Psychology BSc 52 Optometry BSc or MOptom 132 14 Criminology and Sociology BSc 54 S O U T H Introduction to Optometry HE Certificate 133 W A R K S T D R E E T P 8 Data Analytics and Actuarial Science BSc 99 11 Politics BSc 82 Data Science MSci 168 Psychology BSc 84 E 10 WATERLOO R Economics BSc 56 Radiography (Diagnostic Imaging) BSc 134 Economics with Accounting BSc 58 Radiography (Radiotherapy and Oncology) BSc 136 Main City, University London landmarks

Electrical and Electronic Engineering MEng or BEng 170 Maps, addressS S of London campus sites 8 The Shard Engineering MEng or BEng 172 1 E Northampton Square, 9 The Barbican Centre Sociology BSc 86 W  A and transport links mainT City Campus, English BA 60 E 10 Houses of Parliament R  Sociology with Psychology BSc 88 L see mapO right. M O 11 Coca-Cola London Eye F The address for City’s main R  Speech and Language Science BSc 138 2 Cass BusinessO School  A D 12 University campus is:A St Paul’s Cathedral Finance BSc 113 Speech and Language Therapy BSc 140 3 The City Law School   O City, University of London 13 British MuseumL Finance courses 110 (4 Gray's Inn Place)  D H Northampton Square 14 K 4 Tate ModernE Finance with Actuarial Science BSc 101 The City Law School N London T

T (from 2020) R Financial Economics BSc 62 EC1V 0HB O Halls of residenceA D 5 CitySport H 15 The Gardens 6 INTO City Centre Health and Social Care BSc 126 CityNav 16 Liberty Court 7 Moorfields Eye Hospital  17 Liberty Hall History BA 64 CityNav is a mobileR app to help you find your way 18 Liberty House History and Politics BA 66 around campus,E even inside buildings. Search for Transport options ‘CityNav’ on Google Play or the App Store. (see campus map) V London Underground I National Rail station R King's Cross St Pancras Eurostar G O S W E L L R O A D

1. Campus map T S E OK T S L R A E 11 MINUTES TO ANGEL FROM CITY D A OR L L W E S O G SPA C For general enquiries, please call GREEN GARDEN WYNYATT STREET +44 (0) 20 7040 5060. SPENCER STREET E B H ROSEBERY AVE To request any section of this publication D ASHBY STREET in an accessible format please email

MYDDELTON STREETF TRE TS OH N J T S NORTHAMPTON [email protected] or call A SQUARE L G GARDEN +44 (0) 20 7040 8023. G L O U C E S T E R W A Y M S E B A S T I A N S T R E E T

WHISKIN STREET S WYCLIF STREET 18 MEREDITH STREET

13 MINUTES 11 MINUTES TO BARBICAN The origins of City, University of London date ISLINGTON TO FARRINGDON FROM CITY MUSEUM FROM CITY back to 1894, when the Northampton Institute was established to cater for the education and welfare PERCIVAL STREET of the local population. The Lord Mayor of London is our Rector and many City of London livery companies are long-standing supporters of City. A College Building E Drysdale Building L New home for The City Law School The information in this prospectus is, to the best B University Building F Innovation Centre (opens 2020) of our knowledge, accurate at the time of going to print. However, changes can occur in the C Tait Building G Gloucester Building M Myddelton Building interval between publication and the academic year to which the prospectus relates. D Rhind Building H Centenary Building S Abacus Building Open for local area map, campus map and transport information Applicants should visit www.city.ac.uk for further information, updates or changes. Design and production Reaching City from within London Reaching City from outside London Mosaic, Brighton The nearest Underground stations are Coach and train terminals in London link Print Angel and Old Street on the Northern with Underground and bus networks. line (Bank branch) and Barbican and Linney Group Rail services connect Gatwick and Luton Farringdon on the Metropolitan, Circle Airports with Farringdon station. Project management and Hammersmith & City lines. The Chris Lines, Publications Officer The Eurostar high-speed railway service new Elizabeth line (formerly known as Marketing & Communications terminal is at St Pancras station. ‘Crossrail’) stops at Farringdon from City, University of London late 2019. The Heathrow Express train service Bus routes that pass close to City include connects Heathrow Airport with Illustrations the following: Paddington train station. Vic Lee and Laura Barnard 4, 19, 30, 38, 43, 55, 56, 63, 73, 153, 205, 214, The Docklands Light Railway Photography 243, 274, 341, 394, 476. (DLR) connects London City Laurie Griffiths Secure parking for bicycles is available Airport with Bank station. on campus. The Stansted Express train service Parking in central London is limited and connects Stansted Airport with Liverpool can be costly. There is metered parking Street station. available on the roads surrounding To plan your journey to City, visit our Northampton Square. Please also note website at: www.city.ac.uk/visit that almost all of City’s sites are within the congestion charging zone and drivers are The Transport for London website also liable to pay a daily charge. provides up-to-date information on public transport: www.tfl.gov.uk City, University of London Northampton Square London EC1V 0HB United Kingdom Email enquiries [email protected] Telephone enquiries +44 (0) 20 7040 5060 Find out more www.city.ac.uk

Follow us on Follow us on Watch us on facebook.com/cityuolondon twitter.com/cityunilondon youtube.com/mycityunilondon

City, University of London is an independent member institution of the University of London. Established by Royal Charter in 1836, the University of London consists of 18 independent member institutions with outstanding global reputations and several prestigious central academic bodies and activities.

www.city.ac.uk